HAYNES HOLDINGS INC
S-1/A, 1996-07-17
STEEL WORKS, BLAST FURNACES & ROLLING & FINISHING MILLS
Previous: ZYDECO ENERGY INC, 10-C, 1996-07-17
Next: TIMELINE INC, S-3, 1996-07-17



   
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 17, 1996

                                                       REGISTRATION NO. 333-5203
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                              -------------------
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
    
                                    FORM S-1
                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                             HAYNES HOLDINGS, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>                               <C>
            DELAWARE                            3356                           13-3527598
  (State or other jurisdiction      (Primary S.I.C. Code Number)            (I.R.S. Employer
      of incorporation or                                                 Identification No.)
         organization)
</TABLE>
                              -------------------
                             1020 WEST PARK AVENUE
                           KOKOMO, INDIANA 46904-9013
                                 (317) 456-6000
    (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                  of registrant's principal executive offices)
                              -------------------
                               MICHAEL D. AUSTIN
                     PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                             HAYNES HOLDINGS, INC.
                             1020 WEST PARK AVENUE
                           KOKOMO, INDIANA 46904-9013
                                 (317) 456-6000
               (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone
               number, including area code, of agent for service)
                              -------------------
                                   COPIES TO:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
             STEPHEN J. HACKMAN, ESQ.                         WINTHROP B. CONRAD, JR., ESQ.
            ICE MILLER DONADIO & RYAN                             DAVIS POLK & WARDWELL
          ONE AMERICAN SQUARE, BOX 82001                           450 LEXINGTON AVENUE
         INDIANAPOLIS, INDIANA 46282-0002                        NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10017
                  (317) 236-2100                                      (212) 450-4000
</TABLE>
                              -------------------
 
    APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE OF THE SECURITIES TO THE
PUBLIC: As soon as practicable
after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
    If any of the securities registered on this Form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box:  / /
 
    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering:  / / ______
 
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering:  / / ______
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box:  / /
                              -------------------
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                         PROPOSED          PROPOSED
       TITLE OF EACH CLASS              AMOUNT           MAXIMUM           MAXIMUM          AMOUNT OF
       OF SECURITIES TO BE              TO BE         OFFERING PRICE      AGGREGATE        REGISTRATION
            REGISTERED              REGISTERED(1)       PER SHARE     OFFERING PRICE(2)       FEE(3)
<S>                               <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
Common Stock, $.01 par value          2,783,446           $23.00         $64,019,258         $22,076
</TABLE>

(1) Includes 345,000 shares that may be sold if the over-allotment option
    granted to the Underwriters is exercised in full. See "Underwriting."

(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

(3) $21,380 previously paid plus $696 included with this amendment.
    
                              -------------------
 
    The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall
file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration
Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become
effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                EXPLANATORY NOTE
 
    The current name of the registrant for the common stock offering described
in this Registration Statement is Haynes Holdings, Inc. The name of the
registrant will be changed to Haynes International, Inc. prior to the
effectiveness of this Registration Statement. Approximately thirty days after
the closing of the Offering, the registrant's wholly-owned subsidiary, Haynes
International, Inc. (whose name will be changed to Haynes Corp. prior to the
name change of the registrant and the effectiveness of the Registration
Statement), will be merged with and into the registrant and the name of the
surviving entity will be "Haynes International, Inc."
<PAGE>
                             SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
   
                   PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED JULY 17, 1996

                                2,438,446 SHARES

                                    HAYNES
                                INTERNATIONAL
                                -------------
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
                              -------------------
 

    Of the 2,438,446 shares of Common Stock being offered hereby (the
"Offering"), 2,300,000 shares are being sold by Haynes International, Inc. (the
"Company") and 138,446 shares are being sold by certain stockholders of the
Company (the "Selling Stockholders"). See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
The Company will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the
Selling Stockholders. There is presently no public market for the Common Stock
of the Company. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price
will be between $21.00 and $23.00 per share. See "Underwriting" for a discussion
of the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price.
    
 
   
    The Common Stock has been approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National
Market under the symbol "HAYN."
    
 
   
    Concurrently with the Offering, Haynes Corp., a wholly-owned subsidiary of
the Company, is offering, by means of a separate prospectus, $100.0 million
aggregate principal amount of   % Senior Notes due 2004 (the "Notes," such
offering referred to as the "Notes Offering"). Consummation of the Offering and
the Notes Offering (collectively, the "Offerings") are conditioned upon each
other and are also conditioned upon the prior or concurrent consummation of
certain other transactions described under "The Recapitalization." See "The
Recapitalization" and "Use of Proceeds." Approximately 30 days after the
consummation of the Offerings, Haynes Corp. will be merged with and into the
Company, and the name of the surviving corporation will be "Haynes
International, Inc."

    SEE "RISK FACTORS," PAGE 11, FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD
BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS.
    
                              -------------------

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE
   SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
     COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR
       ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY
           OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO
                               THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                   Underwriting                            Proceeds to
                                  Price to        Discounts and        Proceeds to           Selling
                                   Public         Commissions(1)        Company(2)         Stockholders
<S>                            <C>              <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Per Share....................         $                 $                   $                   $
Total........................         $                 $                   $                   $
Total Assuming Full Exercise
  of Over-Allotment Option(3).        $                 $                   $                   $
</TABLE>
    
 
(1) See "Underwriting."
   
(2) Before deducting expenses estimated at $700,000, which are payable by the
    Company.
(3) Assuming exercise in full of the 30-day option granted by the Company to the
    Underwriters to purchase up to 345,000 additional shares, on the same terms,
    solely to cover over-allotments. See "Underwriting."
    
                              -------------------
    The shares of Common Stock are offered by the Underwriters, subject to prior
sale, when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters, and subject
to their right to reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected that
delivery of the Common Stock will be made in New York City on or about       ,
1996.
 
                              -------------------
PAINEWEBBER INCORPORATED                          MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
                              -------------------
 
                  THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS       , 1996.
<PAGE>
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR 
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>















   
   Picture of a commercial aircraft with inset diagram showing a jet engine.

   Picture of reactor vessel, made with Hastelloy B-2, producing acetic acid.

      Picture of flue gas desulfurization unit lined with Hastelloy C-22.

    Picture of industrial gas turbine using a variety of the Company's alloy
                                   products.
    













 
    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OF
THE COMPANY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
                              -------------------
 
   
    "HAYNES," "HASTELLOY," "ULTIMET," "HR-160," "G-50," "G-30" AND "C-22" ARE
ALL REGISTERED TRADEMARKS OF THE COMPANY, AND "HR-120," "D-205," "214," "242"
AND "230" ARE TRADEMARKS OF THE COMPANY.
    
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
   
    The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in
this Prospectus. All references to fiscal years in this Prospectus refer to the
Company's fiscal years which, for all periods presented, ended on September 30.
As used in this Prospectus, the term the "Company" includes, when the context so
requires, Haynes International, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. Unless
otherwise indicated, all information in this Prospectus (i) assumes that the
Underwriters' over-allotment option will not be exercised and (ii) has been
adjusted to reflect a 1-for-1.77 reverse split of the Company's Common Stock, to
be effected prior to the consummation of the Offering. Investors should
carefully consider the information set forth under the heading "Risk Factors."
    
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
    Haynes International, Inc. develops, manufactures and markets
technologically advanced, high performance alloys primarily for use in the
aerospace and chemical processing industries. The Company's products are high
temperature alloys ("HTA") and corrosion resistant alloys ("CRA"). The Company's
HTA products are used by manufacturers of equipment that is subjected to
extremely high temperatures, such as jet engines for the aerospace industry, gas
turbine engines used for power generation, and waste incineration and industrial
heating equipment. The Company's CRA products are used in applications that
require resistance to extreme corrosion, such as chemical processing, power
plant emissions control and hazardous waste treatment. Based on available
industry data, the Company believes that it is one of three leading worldwide
producers of high performance alloy products in sheet, coil and plate forms,
which in the aggregate represented approximately 64% of the Company's net
revenues in fiscal 1995. In addition, the Company produces its alloy products as
seamless and welded tubulars, and in bar, billet and wire forms.
    
 
    High performance alloys are characterized by highly engineered, often
proprietary, metallurgical formulations primarily of nickel, cobalt and other
metals with complex physical properties. The complexity of the manufacturing
process for high performance alloys is reflected in the Company's relatively
high average selling price of approximately $12.18 per pound for fiscal 1995,
compared to the average selling price of other metals such as carbon steel
sheet, stainless steel sheet and aluminum, which currently range from $0.17 to
$1.25 per pound. Demanding end-user specifications, a multi-stage manufacturing
process and the technical sales, marketing and manufacturing expertise required
to develop new applications combine to create significant barriers to entry in
the high performance alloy industry. The Company derived approximately 30% of
its fiscal 1995 net revenues from products that are protected by United States
patents and derived an additional approximately 15% of its fiscal 1995 net
revenues from sales of products that are not patented, but for which the Company
has limited or no competition.
 
Core Competencies
 
   
    Based upon its customer relationships in the aerospace and chemical
processing industries, the Company believes it has a leadership position in the
high performance alloy industry and has a strong reputation for quality and
reliability. The Company's core competencies include the following:
    
 
   
    . Metallurgical expertise. With over 50 years of product research and
      development in the high performance alloy industry, the Company is a
      leader in the development and manufacturing technology of nickel- and
      cobalt-based alloys. Over the last seven years, the Company's technical
      programs have yielded seven new proprietary alloys, five of which are
      protected by United States patents. Three additional United States patents
      regarding the new proprietary alloys are pending. The Company currently
      maintains a total of 43 United States patents and approximately 180
      foreign counterpart patents targeted at countries with significant
      existing or potential markets for the patented products. As a result of
      the Company's research and development efforts, Chemical Processing
      magazine recognized the Company's products five times in the last twelve
      years as having made significant contributions to the chemical processing
      industry.
    
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
    . Technical marketing support. Through the combined efforts of the Company's
      direct sales organization, including its four domestic Company-owned
      service centers and its research and development group, the Company works
      closely with its customers in order to identify, develop and support
      diverse applications for its alloys and to anticipate customers' future
      materials requirements. The Company believes this integrated approach is
      unique in the high performance alloy industry.
 
    . Flexible manufacturing capabilities. The Company's four-high Steckel mill,
      in conjunction with its sophisticated, multi-stage, melting and refining
      operation, produces a broad array of sheet, coil and plate products made
      to exacting specifications. The Company also operates a three-high mill
      and a two-high mill that enable the Company to produce small batch orders
      that generally are not practical or economical for competitors to
      manufacture.
 
Business Strategy
 
    The Company intends to capitalize on its core competencies to implement its
business strategy, which includes the following principal elements:
 
    Develop new applications for existing alloys. The Company actively seeks to
develop new applications and new market segments for its existing products. The
sales force, in coordination with the research and development staff, works
closely with end-users to identify applications for the Company's existing
products that address its customers' specialized needs. Management believes that
new product applications represent a significant opportunity for revenue growth.
The Company has identified and is pursuing new applications for its alloys,
including applications for the automotive, medical and instrumentation
industries.
 
    Continue customer-driven new product development. The Company emphasizes
customer contact and an awareness of customer needs in its product development
process. The Company believes that new opportunities in end-markets are best
identified through close contact with customers. This approach allows the
Company to focus its research and development efforts and enables the Company's
products to be specified for use in the production of customers' products.
 
   
    Expand export sales. The Company believes there are significant
opportunities to increase its sales in international markets. In fiscal 1995,
approximately 39% of the Company's net revenues were outside the United States,
primarily in European markets where the Company has established sales and
manufacturing facilities. In addition, the Company is pursuing significant
growth opportunities in other regions, particularly the Pacific Rim.
    
 
    Increase productivity through strategic equipment investment. The Company
believes that future investment in plant and equipment will allow it to increase
capacity and produce higher quality products at reduced costs. The
Recapitalization described herein, combined with improved market conditions,
will enable the Company to increase its investment in plant and equipment above
the amounts expended in recent years. See "The Recapitalization." During fiscal
1996 through 1998, the Company anticipates investing approximately $19.5 million
in new plant and equipment and approximately $3.2 million in new integrated
information systems. The principal benefits of these investments are expected to
be (i) the expansion of annual production capacity by 25% from approximately
20.0 million pounds to approximately 25.0 million pounds, based on the current
product mix, (ii) improved production quality resulting in lower internal
rejection rates and rework costs and (iii) improved coordination among sales,
marketing and manufacturing personnel resulting in more efficient pricing
practices.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
   
    The Company experienced a significant decline in demand for its products
from fiscal 1992 through fiscal 1994. This decline resulted from a confluence of
major economic events, including a decline in military aerospace procurement in
the aftermath of the Persian Gulf War and the collapse of the Soviet Union, a
major inventory correction by jet engine manufacturers following cancellations
and deferrals of orders for new commercial aircraft as a consequence of the 1990
to 1991 recession and a delay in spending on maintenance and repair in the
chemical processing industry. From fiscal 1991 to fiscal 1994, the Company's
shipments declined by 21% from approximately 16.9 million pounds to
approximately 13.3 million pounds, while net revenues decreased 33% from
approximately $225.4 million in fiscal 1991 to approximately $150.6 million in
fiscal 1994. During the same period, the Company's net loss increased from
approximately $0.7 million in 1991 to approximately $140.5 million in 1994;
fiscal 1994 included non-cash charges of approximately $79.6 million and
approximately $37.1 million relating to an accounting change for post-retirement
benefits and a write-off of goodwill, respectively. For the same period,
earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization decreased from
approximately $39.0 million in fiscal 1991 to approximately $10.7 million in
fiscal 1994.
    
 
    Since fiscal 1994, demand for the Company's products has increased in its
primary end markets, aerospace and chemical processing, reflecting improved
market conditions. The Company's shipments to the aerospace industry, which
represented 33% of net revenues in fiscal 1995, increased 42% from 3.3 million
pounds in fiscal 1994 to 4.7 million pounds in fiscal 1995, and 23% in the first
half of fiscal 1996 to approximately 2.7 million pounds from approximately 2.2
million pounds in the corresponding period of fiscal 1995. The Company's
shipments to the chemical processing industry, which represented 36% of net
revenues in fiscal 1995, increased 22% in fiscal 1995 over fiscal 1994 from
approximately 5.0 million pounds to approximately 6.1 million pounds and
increased 6.6% in the first six months of fiscal 1996 over the corresponding
period in fiscal 1995. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations".
 
    The Company owns and operates manufacturing facilities in Kokomo, Indiana;
Arcadia, Louisiana; and Openshaw, England. The Kokomo plant is the main
production facility for all HTA and CRA products and most product forms,
including sheet, coil, plate, bar, billet and wire. The Arcadia plant is the
primary facility for the production of welded and seamless tubing and piping
using nickel- and cobalt-based alloys and seamless titanium tubing. The Openshaw
plant produces HTA and CRA products in bar and billet form for the European
market.
 
                              THE RECAPITALIZATION
 
   
    Concurrently with this Offering, Haynes Corp., the Company's wholly-owned
subsidiary, is offering, by means of a separate prospectus, $100.0 million
aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2004 (the "Notes"). The
consummation of this Offering is conditioned upon and is a condition to the
consummation of the Notes Offering and certain other transactions described
under "The Recapitalization." In addition, the Company expects to replace its
existing revolving credit facility, which has a maximum commitment of $25.0
million (the "Existing Credit Facility"), with a new revolving credit facility
which will have a maximum commitment of $50.0 million, to be secured by a first
priority security interest in the Company's accounts receivable and inventories
(the "New Credit Facility"). Borrowings under the New Credit Facility are
anticipated to bear interest at the lower of the prime rate plus 0.25% or LIBOR
plus 2.25%, which would have resulted in a borrowing rate of approximately 7.8%
per annum at July 1, 1996. Amounts outstanding under the New Credit Facility
will be due at maturity, which will be three years after the date of closing
unless extended or terminated. The Company will use the net proceeds from the
Offerings and borrowings under the New Credit Facility to refinance its existing
indebtedness consisting of $50.0 million of 11 1/4% Senior Secured Notes due
1998 (the "Existing Senior Notes"), $90.0 million of 13 1/2% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 1999 (the "Existing Subordinated Notes" and, with the Existing Senior
Notes, the "Existing Notes") and the indebtedness outstanding under the Existing
Credit Facility (collectively, the "Existing Indebtedness"). As of June 30,
1996, there were outstanding revolving borrowings under the Existing Credit
Facility of approximately $16.0 million. The Company will repay the amounts
outstanding under the Existing Credit Facility immediately following the closing
of the Offerings. The redemption of the Existing
    
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
Notes (the "Redemption") will occur approximately thirty days after the closing
of the Offerings. As soon as practicable after the Redemption, Haynes Corp. will
be merged with and into the Company (the "Merger"). The Offerings, the
establishment of the New Credit Facility, the repayment of amounts outstanding
under the Existing Credit Facility, the Redemption and the Merger are
collectively referred to herein as the "Recapitalization." See "The
Recapitalization," "Use of Proceeds" and "Capitalization."
 
   
                              RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
    
 
   
    Selected financial information for the nine month periods ended June 30,
1995 and June 30, 1996 is set forth below.
    
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                      NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                --------------------------------------
                                                                     1995                    1996
                                                                --------------          --------------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                             <C>                     <C>
Net revenues.................................................      $149,973                $170,386
Operating income.............................................        10,778                  18,180
Net income (loss)............................................        (5,353)                  1,600
Net income (loss) per share..................................         (1.50)                   0.45
EBITDA (1)...................................................        16,368                  24,301
Net cash provided from (used in) operations..................        (1,522)                 (2,983)
Net cash provided from (used in) investment activities.......        (1,438)                   (744)
Net cash provided from (used in) financing activities........         1,609                   3,644
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Net revenues increased approximately $20.4 million, or 13.6%, to
approximately $170.4 million for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 as compared
to the nine months ended June 30, 1995. Operating income increased approximately
$7.4 million, or 68.5%, to approximately $18.2 million for the nine months ended
June 30, 1996. Net income increased approximately $7.0 million from a loss of
$5.4 million to a profit of $1.6 million for the same periods. EBITDA, as
defined in Note (1) below, increased approximately $7.9 million, or 48.2%, to
$24.3 million for the nine months ended June 30, 1996. For this period, net cash
used in operations increased from $1.5 million to $3.0 million, net cash used in
investment activities decreased from $1.4 million to $0.7 million, and net cash
provided from financing activities increased from $1.6 million to $3.7 million.
In general, the Company believes that these results are consistent with the
financial results of the Company for the six months ended March 31, 1996.
    
- ------------
   
(1) Represents the relevant period net income plus expenses recognized for
    interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges
    (excluding any non-cash charges which require accrual or reserve for cash
    charges for any future period), as such amounts are calculated in accordance
    with the terms of the indenture for the Notes. This calculation is as
    follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                NINE MONTHS
                                                              ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                           ---------------------
                                                            1995          1996
                                                           -------       -------
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
Net income..............................................   $(5,353)      $ 1,600
Provision for income taxes..............................       615         1,029
Interest expense, net...................................    14,938        15,138
Depreciation............................................     6,127         5,844
Amortization:
   --Debt issuance costs................................     1,086         1,035
   --Prepaid pension cost...............................       188           229
SFAS 106--Post-retirement...............................      (147)          461
Amortization of debt issuance costs.....................    (1,086)       (1,035)
                                                           -------       -------
EBITDA..................................................   $16,368       $24,301
                                                           -------       -------
                                                           -------       -------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
EBITDA should not be construed as a substitute for income from operations, net
earnings (loss) or cash flows from operating activities determined in accordance
   with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP"). The Company has
   included EBITDA because it believes it is commonly used by certain investors
   and analysts to analyze and compare companies on the basis of operating
   performance, leverage and liquidity and to determine a company's ability to
   service debt. Because EBITDA is not calculated in the same manner by all
   entities, EBITDA as calculated by the Company may not necessarily be
   comparable to that of the Company's competitors or of other entities.
    
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C>
Common Stock Offered by the Company...................  2,300,000 shares

Common Stock Offered by the Selling Stockholders......  138,446 shares

Common Stock to be Outstanding after the Offering.....  6,000,000 shares(1)

Use of Proceeds.......................................  The Company will use the net
                                                        proceeds from this Offering,
                                                        together with proceeds from the
                                                        Notes Offering and borrowings
                                                        under the New Credit Facility, to
                                                        repay the Existing Indebtedness
                                                        pursuant to the Recapitalization.

Proposed Nasdaq National Market Symbol................  HAYN
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
   
(1) Excludes 463,308 shares of Common Stock subject to options granted pursuant
    to the Haynes International, Inc. Employee Stock Option Plan (the "Existing
    Stock Option Plan") and 400,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance
    under the Haynes International, Inc. 1996 Employee Stock Option Plan (the
    "New Stock Option Plan").
    
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    See "Risk Factors" for a discussion of certain factors that should be
considered by prospective investors in connection with an investment in the
Common Stock offered hereby.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
               SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
           (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE, RATIO AND OPERATING DATA)
 
   The following summary financial, operating and pro forma data were derived
from the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company, including the notes
thereto, as well as the selected financial, operating and pro forma information
included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The information set forth below should be
read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements included
elsewhere herein, "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                                                     SIX MONTHS
                                             YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                              ENDED MARCH 31,
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------     -----------------------
                           1991          1992          1993          1994          1995          1995          1996
                         ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 DATA:
Net revenues............ $ 225,386     $ 169,344     $ 162,454     $ 150,578     $ 201,933     $  93,516     $ 109,985
Cost of sales (1).......   175,176       152,911(2)    137,102       171,957(3)    167,196        80,732        88,406
Selling and
 administrative
expenses................    20,762        19,641(2)     14,569        15,039        15,475         7,790         8,430
Research and technical
expenses................     4,578         3,894         3,603         3,630         3,049         1,521         1,675
Operating income
(loss)..................    24,870        (7,102)        7,180       (40,048)       16,213         3,473        11,474
Other cost, net.........       324           882(2)        400           816         1,767           259           377
Interest expense, net...    23,167        20,107        18,497        19,582        19,904         9,877        10,083
Income (loss) before
 cumulative effect of
 change in accounting
principle...............      (675)      (16,771)       (8,275)      (60,866)       (6,771)       (6,871)          256
Cumulative effect of
 change in accounting
 principle (net of tax
benefit)................        --            --            --       (79,630)(4)        --            --            --
Net income (loss).......      (675)      (16,771)       (8,275)     (140,496)       (6,771)       (6,871)          256
Income (loss) per share
 before cumulative
 effect of change in
accounting principle.... $   (0.29)    $   (6.78)    $   (2.30)    $  (16.93)    $   (1.89)    $   (1.91)    $    0.07
Net income (loss) per
share................... $   (0.29)    $   (6.78)    $   (2.30)    $  (39.07)    $   (1.89)    $   (1.91)    $    0.07
Weighted average common
shares and
equivalents............. 2,312,080     2,473,005     3,599,102     3,595,976     3,591,117     3,591,775     3,590,457
    
 
   
<CAPTION>
                                                                               MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                       ------------------------------
                                                                        ACTUAL         AS ADJUSTED(5)
                                                                       ---------       --------------
<S>                                                                    <C>             <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (6)..............................................      $  66,298          $ 65,198
Property, plant and equipment, net...............................         33,264            33,264
Total assets.....................................................        154,986           157,416
Total debt.......................................................        154,928           118,458
Accrued post-retirement benefits.................................         95,030            95,030
Stockholders' equity (deficit)...................................       (122,375)          (82,048)
    
 
   
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   SIX MONTHS
                                              YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                          ENDED MARCH 31,
                            -------------------------------------------------------------     --------------------
                              1991         1992         1993         1994          1995        1995         1996
                            --------     --------     --------     ---------     --------     -------     --------
<S>                         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
Depreciation and
amortization (7)........... $ 14,458     $ 16,484     $ 13,766     $  51,555(3)  $  9,000     $ 4,148     $  4,225
Capital expenditures.......    4,567          821           56           771        1,934         866          374
EBITDA (8).................   39,004        8,500       20,546        10,691       23,446       7,362       15,322
Ratio of EBITDA to interest
expense....................     1.68x        0.42x        1.11x         0.55x        1.18x       0.75x        1.52x
Net cash provided from
 (used in)
 operations................ $ 22,270     $ 19,850     $  5,711     $ (12,801)    $ (2,883)    $(4,036)    $ (3,560)
Net cash provided from
 (used in) investment
activities.................   (4,521)        (757)         318           746       (1,895)       (865)        (314)
Net cash provided from
 (used in) financing
activities.................  (18,640)     (16,440)      (2,014)        7,102        3,912       4,727        2,452
</TABLE>
 
                                                   (Footnotes on following page)
    
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                  YEAR ENDED           SIX MONTHS
                                                                 SEPTEMBER 30,       ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                 -------------   -----------------------
                                                                     1995           1995         1996
                                                                 -------------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                                              <C>             <C>          <C>
PRO FORMA DATA (9):
Interest expense...............................................   $    11,782    $    5,832   $    5,984
Net income (loss)..............................................         1,484        (2,668)       4,438
Net income per share...........................................          0.41         (0.74)        1.24
Weighted average common shares and equivalents.................     3,591,117     3,591,775    3,590,457
EBITDA.........................................................        23,446         7,363       15,322
Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense............................         1.99x          1.26        2.56x
    
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  SIX MONTHS
                                                     YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                   ENDED MARCH 31,
                                        --------------------------------------------------     -----------------
OPERATING DATA:                           1991       1992       1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                        ------     ------     ------     ------     ------     ------     ------
<S>                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Shipments by markets (millions of
 pounds):
 Aerospace.............................    5.7        3.4        3.3        3.3        4.7        2.2        2.7
 Chemical processing...................    5.3        4.6        5.2        5.0        6.1        3.0        3.2
 Other markets.........................    5.9        5.9        6.8        5.0        5.5        2.9        1.9
                                        ------     ------     ------     ------     ------     ------     ------
   Total...............................   16.9       13.9       15.3       13.3       16.3        8.1        7.8
                                        ------     ------     ------     ------     ------     ------     ------
                                        ------     ------     ------     ------     ------     ------     ------
Average selling price per pound........ $13.26     $12.04     $10.48     $11.17     $12.18     $11.51     $13.88
Employees (end of period)..............  1,074        898        896        854        872        868        910
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 (1) The Company was acquired by Morgan Lewis Githens & Ahn and its affiliates
     ("MLGA") and the management of the Company in August 1989 (the "1989
     Acquisition"). For financial statement purposes, the 1989 Acquisition was
     accounted for as a purchase transaction effective September 1, 1989;
     accordingly, inventories were adjusted to reflect estimated fair market
     values at that date. This adjustment to inventories was amortized to cost
     of sales as inventories were reduced from the base layer. Non-cash charges
     for this adjustment included in cost of sales were $3,361, $5,210, $3,686
     and $488 for fiscal 1991, 1992, 1993 and 1994, respectively; no charges
     have been recognized since fiscal 1994.
 
 (2) Includes costs related to the implementation of cost reduction measures,
     the implementation of a just-in-time and total quality management program
     and the renegotiation of the terms of the 1989 Acquisition credit
     agreement. In fiscal 1992, these charges were reflected in cost of sales,
     selling and administrative expenses, and other cost, net in the amounts of
     $6,937, $1,156 and $603, respectively.
 
 (3) Reflects the write-off of $37,117 of goodwill created in connection with
     the 1989 Acquisition remaining at September 30, 1994. See Note 10 of the
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 (4) During fiscal 1994, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
     Standards No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other
     Than Pensions" ("SFAS 106"). The Company elected to immediately recognize
     the transition obligation for benefits earned as of October 1, 1993,
     resulting in a non-cash charge of $79,630, net of a $10,580 tax benefit,
     representing the cumulative effect of the change in accounting principles.
     The tax benefit recognized was limited to then existing net deferred tax
     liabilities. See Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
   
 (5) Assumes an initial public offering price of $22.00 per share, the mid-point
     of the price range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus. Adjusted
     to reflect the consummation of the Offerings, anticipated borrowings under
     the New Credit Facility, the application of the net proceeds of the
     Offerings and such borrowings as described under "Use of Proceeds" and the
     consummation of the other transactions described under "The
     Recapitalization."
 
 (6) Reflects the excess of current assets over current liabilities as set forth
     in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Historical and adjusted current
     liabilities include amounts outstanding under the Existing Credit Facility
     and amounts to be outstanding under the New Credit Facility, respectively.

 (7) Reflects (i) depreciation and amortization as presented in the Company's
     Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows and set forth in note (8) below, plus
     (ii) other non-cash charges, including the amortization of prepaid pension
     costs (which is included in the change in other asset category) and the
     amortization of inventory costs as described in note (1) above, minus
     amortization of debt issuance costs, all as set forth in note (8) below.
 
 (8) Represents for the relevant period net income plus expenses recognized for
     interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges
     (excluding any non-cash charges which require accrual or reserve for cash
     charges for any future period), as such amounts are calculated in
     accordance with the terms of the indenture for the Notes. In addition to
     those items specifically listed in the table, the following charges are
     added to net income to calculate EBITDA:
    
                                         (Footnotes continued on following page)
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                                            SIX MONTHS
                                           YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                      ENDED MARCH 31,
                           --------------------------------------------------------     ------------------
                            1991        1992        1993         1994        1995        1995       1996
                           -------     -------     -------     --------     -------     ------     -------
<S>                        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>
Provision for (benefit
 from) income taxes....... $ 2,054     $(11,320)   $(3,442)    $    420     $ 1,313     $  208     $   758
Depreciation..............   8,710       8,752       8,650        8,208       8,188      4,090       3,924
Amortization
 Debt issuance costs......   1,401       1,333       2,120        1,680       1,444        729         715
 Goodwill.................   1,434       1,490       1,487       38,607          --         --          --
 Inventory (see note (1)
above)....................   3,361       5,210       3,686          488          --         --          --
 Prepaid pension costs....     953       1,032         (57)         314         130        246         101
                           -------     -------     -------     --------     -------     ------     -------
                             7,149       9,065       7,236       41,089       1,574        975         816
SFAS
106--Post-retirement......      --          --          --        3,938         682       (185)        200
Amortization of debt
 issuance costs...........  (1,401)     (1,333)     (2,120)      (1,680)     (1,444)      (729)       (715)
                           -------     -------     -------     --------     -------     ------     -------
Total..................... $16,512     $ 5,164     $10,324     $ 51,975     $10,313     $4,359     $ 4,983
                           -------     -------     -------     --------     -------     ------     -------
                           -------     -------     -------     --------     -------     ------     -------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    EBITDA should not be construed as a substitute for income from operations, 
    net earnings (loss) or cash flows from operating activities determined in 
    accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP"). The 
    Company has included EBITDA because it believes it is commonly used by 
    certain investors and analysts to analyze and compare companies on the basis
    of operating performance, leverage and liquidity and to determine a 
    company's ability to service debt. Because EBITDA is not calculated in the 
    same manner by all entities, EBITDA as calculated by the Company may not 
    necessarily be comparable to that of the Company's competitors or of other 
    entities.

(9) Assumes an initial public offering price of $22.00 per share, the mid-point
     of the price range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, and that
     the transactions described under "The Recapitalization" were effected as of
     October 1, 1994, resulting in approximately 1,955,000 shares of newly
     issued Common Stock being used to retire $40,000 of Existing Indebtedness
     and a corresponding reduction in interest expense of $8,122, $4,045 and
     $4,099 for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1995, the six months ended
     March 31, 1995 and the six months ended March 31, 1996, respectively.
     Actual interest savings may differ from pro forma amounts due to
     differences in interest rates and borrowing levels.
    
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    Prospective investors in the securities offered hereby should consider the
specific Risk Factors set forth below as well as the other information contained
in this Prospectus. This Prospectus contains statements that constitute forward
looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation
Reform Act of 1995. Those statements appear in a number of places in this
Prospectus and may include statements regarding the intent, belief or current
expectations of the Company or its officers with respect to (i) the Company's
strategic plans, (ii) the policies of the Company regarding capital
expenditures, financing or other matters, and (iii) industry trends affecting
the Company's financial condition or results of operations. Prospective
investors are cautioned that any such forward looking statements are not
guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties and that
actual results may differ materially from those in the forward looking
statements as a result of various factors including the Risk Factors set forth
below.
 
   
    INDUSTRY CYCLICALITY; FLUCTUATIONS IN OPERATING RESULTS. The Company's
principal customers are manufacturers and fabricators of machinery, parts and
equipment for highly specialized applications. In many instances, the Company's
products pass through a series of fabricators prior to sale to the manufacturer
of the end product. Demand for the Company's products is dependent upon and
derived from the level of demand for the machinery, parts and equipment produced
by these customers, which in turn is often dependent upon and derived from the
demand for the products of the Company's customers. Over the past several years,
certain of the markets in which the Company competes, particularly the
aerospace, flue gas desulfurization ("FGD") and oil and gas industries, have
experienced wide demand fluctuations. Because of the comparatively high level of
fixed costs associated with the Company's manufacturing processes, in recent
years significant declines in those markets have resulted in disproportionately
adverse impacts on the Company's operating results. In 1992, the Company
suffered significant downturns in its two largest markets. Although the
Recapitalization should enable the Company to better respond to and withstand
future downturns, if similar downturns were to occur in the future and continue
for a significant period of time, the Company's operations would be materially
adversely affected. Furthermore, the Company's operations may in the future be
subject to substantial period-to-period fluctuations as a consequence of
industry cyclicality, domestic and foreign economic conditions and other
factors. There can be no assurance that such factors will not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results or financial
condition. See "--Leverage and Debt Service Obligations; Restrictive Debt
Covenants; Ability to Meet Fixed Charges."
    
 
   
    LEVERAGE AND DEBT SERVICE OBLIGATIONS; RESTRICTIVE DEBT COVENANTS; ABILITY
TO MEET FIXED CHARGES. The Company is highly leveraged and will continue to be
highly leveraged following the Recapitalization. For the past three years, the
Company's earnings have been inadequate to cover fixed charges. See "--Net
Losses in Recent Years; Stockholders' Deficit." As of March 31, 1996, the
Company had approximately $154.9 million of consolidated indebtedness. On a pro
forma basis, giving effect to the Recapitalization as of March 31, 1996, the
Company would have had approximately $118.5 million of consolidated
indebtedness. The degree to which the Company is leveraged could affect its
ability to make debt service payments and restrict the Company's activities,
including its ability to make capital expenditures, to respond efficiently to
market conditions, to take advantage of business opportunities and to obtain
additional financing and could force the Company to restructure or refinance its
indebtedness or seek additional equity capital. Over the past several years, the
Company's financial condition and liquidity constraints have limited its ability
to make capital expenditures. Additional capital expenditures will be necessary
in the future to maintain and increase production capacity, improve quality and
productivity and meet anticipated competitive requirements. Failure of the
Company to generate sufficient internal funds to meet its capital expenditure
needs or to obtain financing for these expenditures on acceptable terms could
have a material adverse effect on the Company.
    
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
    Unexpected declines in demand for the Company's products, fluctuations in
raw material prices, increases in costs or the inability to borrow additional
funds to cover shortfalls could impair the Company's ability to meet its debt
service obligations and, therefore, could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's financial condition and future prospects. No assurance can be given
that additional debt or equity financing will be available when needed to cover
shortfalls, or, if available, will be obtainable on terms that are acceptable to
the Company. In addition, borrowings under the New Credit Facility will bear
interest at variable rates. Increases in interest rates on such borrowings could
materially adversely affect the Company's financial condition and results of
operations and the Company's ability to meet its debt service obligations. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
    The Company's earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges in fiscal
1993, 1994 and 1995 by approximately $11.7 million, $60.4 million and $5.5
million, respectively. The failure by the Company to cover fixed charges in the
future could result in a failure to meet the Company's debt service obligations,
restrictions on the Company's activities or other material adverse effects on
the Company's financial condition and results of operations.
 
   
    The indenture under which the Notes will be issued (the "Indenture") and the
New Credit Facility will contain a number of covenants, including covenants that
restrict the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to (i) incur additional
indebtedness, (ii) make certain restricted payments, (iii) engage in
transactions with affiliates, (iv) create liens on assets, (v) sell assets, (vi)
issue and sell preferred stock of subsidiaries, (vii) make dividend payments and
(viii) engage in consolidations, mergers and transfers. In addition, under the
terms of the New Credit Facility, the Company will be required to maintain its
net worth (as defined in the New Credit Facility) above a specified level. The
Company's ability to continue to comply with the covenants and restrictions in
the agreements governing its indebtedness, and to otherwise meet the obligations
under its indebtedness generally, will be dependent upon future performance,
which will be subject to demand for the Company's products, prevailing economic
and competitive conditions and other factors, including factors beyond the
control of the Company. See "Description of Indebtedness."
    
 
   
    The breach of any covenants or restrictions under any of the Company's
indebtedness could result in a default under the existing agreements and
indentures and the new agreements and/or the Indenture, which would permit the
lenders or noteholders, as the case may be, to declare all amounts borrowed
thereunder to be due and payable together with accrued and unpaid interest, and
the commitments of bank and other lenders to make further loans under the new
agreements could be terminated. If the Company were unable to repay its
indebtedness to bank and other lenders or noteholders, those lenders or
noteholders could proceed against the collateral securing that indebtedness, if
any, which includes the Company's inventories, accounts receivable and certain
other assets. A default under either the Indenture or the New Credit Facility
will cause a default under both agreements. Any default under the agreements
with the Company's bank and other lenders or noteholders or under the Indenture
could have a material adverse effect on the market value and the marketability
of the Common Stock.
    
 
   
    NET LOSSES IN RECENT YEARS; STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT. The Company has incurred
substantial net losses in recent years, resulting from high interest expenses
incurred due to significant leverage, certain special charges and declines in
demand and prices for products in certain of the Company's principal markets
through fiscal 1994. The Company's net losses for fiscal 1993, 1994 and 1995
were $8.3 million, $140.5 million and $6.8 million, respectively. Over the same
three-year period, stockholders' equity decreased from approximately $22.9
million in fiscal 1993 to a deficit of approximately $116.0 million in 1994 and
to a deficit of approximately $121.9 million in fiscal 1995. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
Assuming the completion of this Offering and the Recapitalization had occurred
on March 31, 1996, the Company would have had a stockholders' deficit of
approximately $82.0 million at that date. See "Use of Proceeds" and "The
Recapitalization."
    
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
    Although the Company has taken steps over the past several years to increase
revenues, reduce costs and improve efficiency, resulting in the Company
recognizing net income for the first six months of fiscal 1996, there can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to sustain profitability. The Company's
ability to sustain profitability is dependent upon a number of factors,
including the continued successful implementation of its product development,
manufacturing improvement and cost reduction efforts, as well as various factors
beyond the Company's control, such as the impact of raw material price
fluctuations and the demand for high performance alloys. The failure of the
Company to sustain profitability could hinder its ability to make debt service
payments, to respond efficiently to market conditions, to make capital
expenditures and to take advantage of business opportunities, the failure to
perform any one of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
financial condition and results of operations. Future sustained losses by the
Company could have a material adverse effect on the Company's operations.
 
   
    SIGNIFICANT FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY RESULTS. The Company's quarterly
revenues and operating results have varied significantly in the past and may
continue to do so in the future. Quarterly revenues and operating results may
fluctuate as a result of significant fluctuations in the cost of raw materials,
changes in demand for the Company's products, changes in the level of operating
expenses, timing of inventory adjustments, competitive conditions and general
economic conditions. In addition, the results of any quarterly period may not be
indicative of the results to be expected for a full fiscal year. It is possible
that the Company's operating results in certain future quarters may be below the
expectations of market analysts and investors, which would likely have a
material adverse effect on the price of the Company's Common Stock.
    
 
    DEPENDENCE ON KOKOMO FACILITY. The Company's principal assets are located at
its primary integrated production facility in Kokomo, Indiana and at its
production facilities in Arcadia, Louisiana and Openshaw, England. The Arcadia
and Openshaw plants rely to a significant extent upon feedstock produced at the
Kokomo facility. Any production failures, shutdowns or other significant
problems at the Kokomo facility could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's financial condition and results of operations. The Company believes
that it maintains adequate property damage insurance to provide for
reconstruction of damaged equipment, as well as business interruption insurance
to mitigate losses resulting from any production shutdown caused by an insured
loss; however, there can be no assurance that such insurance will be adequate to
cover such losses. See "Business--Properties."
 
    Although the Company believes that its facilities are generally in good
operating condition, the Company expects that significant maintenance and repair
of its facilities will be required on a continuing basis. Maintenance and repair
of the Company's facilities will require shutdowns of specific pieces of
equipment. Extended interruptions in the Company's production capabilities could
adversely affect the Company's results of operations.
 
   
    GROWTH DEPENDENT UPON NEW APPLICATIONS AND NEW PRODUCTS. The Company's
performance depends materially on its ability to offer products that have equal
or better performance characteristics than competing products at competitive
prices. The Company's future growth will depend, in large part, on its ability
to address the increasingly demanding needs of its customers by enhancing the
properties of its existing alloys, by timely developing new applications for its
existing products, and by timely developing and introducing new products. There
can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in these efforts or that
the Company will not experience difficulties that could delay or prevent the
successful development, introduction and sale of these products, or that its new
products and product enhancements will adequately meet the requirements of the
marketplace and achieve market acceptance. See "Business--Research and Technical
Development."
    
 
    COMPETITION. The high performance alloy market is a highly competitive
market in which eight to ten producers participate in various product forms. The
Company faces strong competition from domestic and foreign manufacturers of both
the Company's high performance alloys and other competing metals. Some of the
Company's current competitors have and future competitors may have
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
greater financial resources than the Company. Prior to fiscal 1994, this
competition, coupled with declining demand in several of the Company's key
markets, had led to significant erosion in the price for certain of the
Company's products. The Company may face additional competition in the future to
the extent new materials are developed, such as plastics or ceramics, that may
be substituted for the Company's products. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to compete effectively in the future or that competition
will not significantly depress the price of the Company's products in the
future. See "Business--Competition."
 
   
    RAW MATERIAL PRICE FLUCTUATIONS. The raw materials used by the Company,
primarily nickel, cobalt and molybdenum, all have experienced significant
fluctuations in price. In fiscal 1995, average prices per pound for nickel,
cobalt and molybdenum increased 44%, 37% and 202%, respectively, over the
averages for fiscal 1994. Raw material costs account for approximately one-half
of the total cost of sales. Approximately one-half of the raw material costs is
for nickel. The Company attempts to mitigate the effects of fluctuations in the
price of nickel by purchasing forward contracts with respect to approximately
one-half of its uncovered future commitments. However, there can be no assurance
that such hedging transactions will adequately protect the Company in the event
of significant fluctuations in the price of nickel or that the Company will not
incur a loss on such transactions. Generally, the Company has passed significant
raw material price increases through to its customers, but there can be no
assurance it will be able to do so in the future. Furthermore, the Company
maintains a policy of pricing its products at the time of order shipment. As a
result, rapidly escalating raw material costs during the period between the time
the Company receives an order and the time the Company purchases the raw
materials used to fill such order, which has averaged approximately 30 days in
recent months, can negatively affect profitability. In addition, the Company
obtains certain raw materials from only one or two sources, some of which are
located in foreign countries. Although to date the Company has been able to
obtain an adequate supply of these materials, there can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to obtain adequate supplies of these raw materials in the
future. In the event that the Company is unable to obtain adequate supplies of
raw materials in a timely fashion or that raw material price increases occur
that the Company is unable to pass on to its customers, the Company's business,
financial condition and operating results will be materially adversely affected.
See "Business-- Raw Materials."
    
 
   
    POTENTIAL COSTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE. The Company's facilities are
subject to certain foreign, federal, state and local laws, regulations, permits
and consent agreements relating to the protection of human health and the
environment, and the Company has made, and will continue to make, expenditures
to comply with such provisions. Expenses and capital expenditures related to
environmental compliance are expected to be approximately $3.9 million for
fiscal 1996 through fiscal 1998. There can be no assurance that these planned
expenditures will be adequate to ensure compliance with environmental laws and
regulations. Pursuant to certain environmental laws, if a release of hazardous
substances occurs on or from the Company's properties or any associated off-site
disposal location, the Company may be held liable, and there can be no assurance
that the amount of such liability will not be material. The Company is currently
conducting groundwater monitoring and post-closure maintenance in connection
with certain disposal areas, and the Company is aware of certain contaminants in
the groundwater. In addition, the Company has completed an investigation of
eight specifically identified solid waste management units located at the Kokomo
facility. The Company is aware of elevated levels of certain contaminants in the
groundwater, some of which contaminants may have migrated from a nearby
superfund site. If corrective action is required in connection with these
disposal areas or solid waste management units, there can be no assurance that
the costs of such corrective action will not have a material adverse effect on
the Company's financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. In
addition, the Company has been named as one of many potentially responsible
parties ("PRPs") at two waste disposal sites. The Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act, as amended ("CERCLA"), imposes strict,
joint and several liability for investigatory and cleanup costs upon all PRPs.
To date, the Company has contributed approximately $212,000 toward investigatory
and cleanup costs for the two sites at which it has been named as a PRP.
    
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
   
PRPs are jointly and severally liable for required remediation costs, which as
of June 30, 1996 aggregated approximately $78.6 million at these two sites.
Since environmental laws are becoming increasingly stringent, the Company's
environmental capital expenditures and costs for environmental compliance may
increase in the future. In addition, due to the possibility of unanticipated
regulatory or other developments and the possibility that regulators may pursue
enforcement of applicable environmental laws and regulations more vigorously,
the amount and timing of future environmental expenditures may vary
substantially from those currently anticipated. See "Business--Environmental
Matters."
    
 
   
    DILUTION. Based upon an initial public offering price per share of $22.00,
the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus, the purchasers of Common Stock in the Offering would suffer an
immediate $36.33 per share dilution in net tangible book value on a pro forma
basis based on the Company's March 31, 1996 financial statements and giving
effect to the Recapitalization. See "Dilution" and "Capitalization."
    
 
   
    INCOME TAX AUDIT. On October 19, 1995, at the conclusion of an audit by the
Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") of the Company's tax returns for the five
taxable years ending September 30, 1993 (the "Years in Issue"), the IRS proposed
to disallow approximately $5.5 million in deductions claimed by the Company
during the Years in Issue. These deductions represent the amortization of a
portion of certain loan fees in the original amount of approximately $10.4
million incurred in connection with the 1989 Acquisition. The Company claimed
similar deductions for such amortization in its 1994 and 1995 tax years, and
will deduct the remaining balance upon consummation of the Redemption. The
Company filed a formal protest to the IRS' proposed disallowance with the IRS
Appeals Office on March 25, 1996, and intends to challenge the IRS with respect
to the proposed disallowance. Until the issue is finally resolved, there can be
no assurance that the Company's position will ultimately be sustained. If the
Company's position is not sustained, the Company's available NOLs would be
reduced by up to approximately $10.4 million (the total amount of loan fees
which could otherwise be deducted by the Company). Reductions in the amount of
the Company's available NOLs may accelerate the date on which the Company is
required to pay federal income tax and may increase the Company's federal income
tax liability for its current tax year and any future tax years in which NOLs
resulting from the disallowed deductions are used to offset taxable income.
Depending upon the timing of the final resolution of this issue, it is possible
that the entire increased tax liability, including interest thereon, would be
payable in the fiscal quarter in which the issue is finally resolved.
    
 
    RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS. The Company does not anticipate paying dividends
in the foreseeable future. In addition, the Indenture for the Notes will contain
affirmative and negative covenants restricting payments of dividends. See
"Dividends" and "Description of Indebtedness--The Notes."
 
   
    VOTING CONTROL. Prior to the Offering, MLGA Fund II, L.P., an investment
limited partnership ("Fund II"), and its affiliates owned approximately 93.7% of
the outstanding Common Stock of the Company on a fully-diluted basis. Assuming
the exercise of all outstanding options, following completion of this Offering,
Fund II and its affiliates will own approximately 56.1% of the outstanding
Common Stock of the Company. As a result, Fund II and its affiliates will
continue to be able to control the outcome of the vote on all matters submitted
to a vote of the stockholders of the Company. An affiliate of MLGA is the
general partner of Fund II. See "The Company" and "Principal and Selling
Stockholders."
    
 
    DEPENDENCE ON KEY MANAGEMENT. The Company's ability to maintain its
competitive position is dependent upon the management and leadership skills of
Michael D. Austin, the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer, and
other members of the Company's senior management team. The loss of any of these
individuals or an inability to attract and retain additional qualified personnel
could adversely affect the Company. There can be no assurance that the Company
will be able to retain its existing senior management personnel or to attract
additional qualified personnel. See "Management."
 
    ADVERSE EFFECTS OF FOREIGN CURRENCY FLUCTUATIONS. In fiscal 1995,
international sales represented approximately 39% of the Company's net revenues,
and the Company expects that international sales
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
   
will continue to account for a significant portion of its net revenues in the
future. The Company's policy is to denominate all export shipments from the
United States, including those to its foreign operations, in U.S. dollars. The
foreign operations generally sell products in local or other foreign currencies,
creating the risk that currency exchange rate fluctuations could adversely
affect their earnings. The managers of each of the foreign operations are
responsible for assessing this risk and for hedging against possible foreign
currency fluctuations as they deem appropriate, subject to a Company policy
requiring any foreign affiliate that desires to enter into a hedging contract
that would cause it to have aggregate open currency hedging positions in excess
of $500,000 to first obtain the approval of the Company's Chief Executive
Officer or Chief Accounting Officer. The maximum aggregate notional amount of
hedged positions at any time during the past three fiscal years was
approximately $3.2 million. As of September 30, 1995, there were foreign
currency exchange contracts outstanding in the amount of approximately $1.7
million with no unrealized gain or loss. During fiscal 1995, sales by the
Company's foreign operations totaled approximately $41.3 million, or 53% of
total international sales, and the foreign operations recorded expenses of
approximately $200,000 due to currency exchange fluctuations.
    
 
    Since the Company's foreign operations also have assets and liabilities
denominated in foreign currencies, there is a risk that fluctuations in exchange
rates could adversely affect the Company's equity balance. Exchange gains or
losses on balance sheet items are taken directly to equity as a separate
component of stockholders' deficit. The Company has not historically engaged in
activities to mitigate the effects foreign currency fluctuations may have on
these items. At September 30, 1995 and March 31, 1996, the foreign operations
had approximately $7.5 million and $5.5 million, respectively, in assets net of
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies and the Company's balance sheet at
those dates reflected accumulated foreign currency translation gains of
approximately $4.1 million and $3.3 million, respectively, in the stockholders'
deficit section.
 
   
    There can be no assurance that any current or future efforts to mitigate the
possible adverse effects of foreign currency fluctuations on the Company's
foreign operations and on the Company's overall results of operations will be
successful. Furthermore, in addition to the risk of currency exchange
fluctuations, the complexity of futures contracts and hedging programs also
generally creates the risk of loss in such hedging transactions. The Company's
foreign operations may also be subject to certain economic and market risks,
including longer payment cycles, greater difficulties in accounts receivable
collection, the necessity of paying import and export duties and the requirement
of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws. In addition, the Company's
foreign operations are affected by general economic conditions in the
international markets in which the Company does business. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
"Business-- Sales and Marketing."
    
 
    ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET AND POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICES. Prior to
the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock. The initial
public offering price of the Common Stock has been determined by negotiations
between the Company and the Underwriters and may not be indicative of the market
price for the Common Stock after this Offering. The market price of the Common
Stock may be highly volatile depending on a number of factors. For a discussion
of the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price, see
"Underwriting."
 
   
    SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE. Future sales of shares of Common Stock by
the Company or its existing stockholders could adversely affect the prevailing
market price of the Common Stock. The Company, each of its directors and
executive officers and certain of its existing stockholders have entered into
lock-up agreements with the Underwriters, whereby such entities and persons have
agreed not to sell any Common Stock or securities convertible into or
exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock (except for issuances of shares by
the Company in connection with the exercise of options granted under the
Existing Stock Option Plan and the New Stock Option Plan) for 180 days following
the date of this Prospectus without the written consent of the Underwriters.
After such time, or earlier with the written consent of the Underwriters,
approximately 3,590,457 shares of Common Stock will be eligible for sale by
existing stockholders of the Company, subject to Rule 144 promulgated under the
Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public
market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could have a material
adverse effect on the market price of the Common Stock. See "Description of
Capital Stock--Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
    
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
    The Company develops, manufactures and markets technologically advanced,
high performance alloys primarily for use in the aerospace and chemical
processing industries. The Company's products are high temperature alloys and
corrosion resistant alloys. The Company's HTA products are used by manufacturers
of equipment that is subjected to extremely high temperatures, such as jet
engines for the aerospace industry, gas turbine engines used for power
generation, and waste incineration and industrial heating equipment. The
Company's CRA products are used in applications that require resistance to
extreme corrosion, such as chemical processing, power plant emissions control
and hazardous waste treatment. Based on available industry data, the Company
believes that it is one of three leading worldwide producers of high performance
alloy products in sheet, coil and plate forms, which in the aggregate
represented approximately 64% of the Company's net revenues in fiscal 1995. In
addition, the Company produces its alloy products as seamless and welded
tubulars, and in bar, billet and wire forms.
    
 
   
    The business of the Company was founded in 1912 as Haynes Stellite Works.
Haynes Stellite Works was acquired by Union Carbide Corp. in 1920, and sold to
Cabot Corporation ("Cabot") in 1970. Cabot incorporated the business in 1986 and
continued as its principal owner until August 1989. Control of the Company was
acquired in August 1989 by certain affiliates of MLGA and management of the
Company in a leveraged buyout for an aggregate purchase price of approximately
$223.0 million. In connection with the 1989 Acquisition, Haynes Corp. (then
called Haynes International, Inc.) issued $100.0 million principal amount of
Existing Subordinated Notes and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.
See "Principal and Selling Stockholders." In February 1990, Haynes Corp. became
a reporting company under section 15(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the "Exchange Act"). In 1993, Haynes Corp. issued $50.0 million aggregate
principal amount of Existing Senior Notes and used a portion of the proceeds
therefrom to redeem $10.0 million of the Existing Subordinated Notes. Haynes
Corp.'s Exchange Act reporting obligations extended to the Existing Senior
Notes. The Company unconditionally guaranteed the Existing Senior Notes.
Registration of the Company's guarantee of the Existing Senior Notes caused the
Company to become a reporting company under section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
In 1994, Haynes Corp.'s and the Company's reporting obligations under the
Exchange Act terminated.
    
 
   
    Haynes Corp. will be merged with and into the Company as soon as practicable
following the redemption of the Existing Notes, which is expected to occur
approximately 30 days after the consummation of the Offerings. See "The
Recapitalization--The Merger."
    
 
    The Company was incorporated under the laws of Delaware on June 14, 1989.
The Company's executive offices are located at 1020 West Park Avenue, Kokomo,
Indiana 46904-9013, and its telephone number is (317) 456-6000.
 
                              THE RECAPITALIZATION
 
   
    The Offering is part of a recapitalization plan that the Company is
implementing to reduce its indebtedness, improve its financial flexibility and
enhance its competitive position. The components of the Recapitalization are (i)
the Offering, (ii) the Notes Offering, (iii) the establishment of the New Credit
Facility, (iv) the redemption of the Existing Notes and repayment of amounts
outstanding under the Existing Credit Facility and (v) the merger of Haynes
Corp. with and into the Company. On a pro forma basis, giving effect to the
Recapitalization as of October 1, 1994, for the fiscal year ended September 30,
1995, (a) the Company's net income (loss) would have increased from
approximately $(6.8) million to approximately $1.5 million, (b) the Company's
interest expense would have decreased from approximately $20.2 million to
approximately $11.8 million and (c) the Company's ratio of EBITDA to interest
expense would have improved from 1.18x to 1.99x. On a pro forma basis, giving
effect to the Recapitalization as of October 1, 1994, for the six months ended
March 31, 1996 (a) the
    
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
   
Company's net income would have increased from approximately $0.3 million to
approximately $4.4 million; (b) the Company's interest expense would have
decreased from approximately $10.1 million to $6.0 million; and (c) the
Company's ratio of EBITDA to interest expense would have improved from 1.52x to
2.56x. See "Selected Consolidated Financial Data."
    
 
   
    The Notes Offering. Concurrently with this Offering, Haynes Corp. is
offering, by means of a separate prospectus, $100.0 million aggregate principal
amount of Notes. Consummation of the Notes Offering is conditioned upon the
consummation of this Offering and the establishment of the New Credit Facility.
    
 
   
    The New Credit Facility. In connection with the Offering, Haynes Corp.
expects to enter into an agreement with CoreStates Bank N.A. (the "Lender"),
with Congress Financial Corporation (Central) acting as the agent of the Lender,
to provide the New Credit Facility in the amount of $50.0 million. The Company
anticipates that borrowings under the New Credit Facility will bear interest at
the lower of the prime rate plus 0.25% or LIBOR plus 2.25%, which would have
resulted in a borrowing rate of approximately 7.8% per annum at July 1, 1996,
and will be secured by a first priority security interest in the Company's
accounts receivable and inventories. Amounts outstanding under the New Credit
Facility will be due at maturity, which will be three years after the date of
closing unless extended or terminated. The Company expects that the New Credit
Facility will contain several covenants that, among other things, require the
Company to maintain a specified level of net worth (as defined therein). See
"Description of Indebtedness--The New Credit Facility." The Lender's obligation
to enter into the New Credit Facility will be conditioned upon, among other
things, consummation of the Offerings. Consummation of the Offerings is
conditioned upon the establishment of the New Credit Facility.
    
 
   
    Redemption of the Existing Notes and Repayment of the Existing Credit
Facility. The Company will use the net proceeds of the Offerings and borrowings
under the New Credit Facility to redeem the Existing Notes (the "Redemption")
and repay amounts outstanding under the Existing Credit Facility. The Existing
Senior Notes and the Existing Subordinated Notes bear interest at 11 1/4% and 13
1/2% per annum, respectively, and borrowings under the Existing Credit Facility
bear interest at a fluctuating per annum rate equal to 1.75% plus the prime
rate. The Redemption will require the Company to pay a prepayment premium to the
holders of the Existing Subordinated Notes of approximately $1.5 million. The
Company will also be required to pay a prepayment premium to the holders of the
Existing Senior Notes to the extent that (i) the present value of all remaining
principal and interest payments on the Existing Senior Notes, determined using a
discount rate equal to the yield on U.S. Government Obligations (as defined in
the governing indenture) having a term approximately equal to the remaining term
of the Existing Senior Notes, plus 2.0%, is greater than (ii) the principal
amount of the Existing Senior Notes, plus accrued interest thereon to the date
of redemption. Assuming the Redemption had occurred on July 10, 1996, the
prepayment premium on the Existing Senior Notes would have been approximately
$2.7 million. The Company will mail redemption notices to the holders of the
Existing Notes immediately after the close of the Offerings, and the Existing
Notes will be redeemed approximately thirty days thereafter. In the quarter in
which the Redemption occurs, the Company will record a charge against earnings,
reflecting the prepayment premiums and a non-cash charge for accelerated
amortization of the cost of issuing the Existing Notes. Assuming the Redemption
had occurred as of July 10, 1996, those amounts would have been approximately
$4.2 million and $3.6 million, respectively. The Company will also incur charges
of approximately $400,000 in connection with the termination of and repayment of
amounts outstanding under the Existing Credit Facility. During the period
following the consummation of the Offerings and prior to the date of the
Redemption, the Company will incur interest expense on the Existing Notes and
the Notes, which will exceed the interest income earned on the proceeds from the
Offerings designated for the Redemption by approximately $900,000.
    
 
    The Merger. Immediately after the Existing Notes are redeemed, Haynes Corp.
will be merged with and into the Company, and the surviving corporation will
continue its operations under the name "Haynes International, Inc." Following
the Merger, purchasers of Common Stock in this Offering will be stockholders of
the surviving corporation, and the surviving corporation will assume all
obligations of Haynes Corp. under the Indenture and the New Credit Facility.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
    The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the shares of Common Stock
offered hereby are estimated to be $47.1 million, assuming an initial public
offering price of $22.00 per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the
cover page of this Prospectus. The Company intends to use the net proceeds from
this Offering, together with the net proceeds from the Notes Offering and
amounts available under the New Credit Facility, to redeem the Existing Notes
and to repay amounts outstanding under the Existing Credit Facility. See "The
Recapitalization." The Company will not receive any proceeds from the shares of
Common Stock to be sold by the Selling Stockholders.
    
 
   
    The following is a description of sources and uses of proceeds, giving
effect to the Recapitalization as of June 30, 1996 (in thousands):
    
 
   
SOURCES:
  New Credit Facility (1)(2)....................................   $ 17,093
  Notes Offering................................................    100,000
  Common Stock Offering (2).....................................     50,600
                                                                   --------
                                                                   $167,693
                                                                   --------
                                                                   --------
USES:
  Repayment of Existing Credit Facility.........................   $ 15,993
  Redemption of Existing Senior Notes...........................     50,000
  Redemption of Existing Subordinated Notes.....................     90,000
  Estimated redemption and repayment premiums on Existing
Indebtedness (3)................................................      4,600
  Estimated fees and expenses related to the Recapitalization
(4).............................................................      7,100
                                                                   --------
                                                                   $167,693
                                                                   --------
                                                                   --------
    
 
- ------------
 
(1) The New Credit Facility will have a maximum availability of $50.0 million.
 
   
(2) If the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full, the net
    proceeds to the Company from the Offering will be approximately $54.1
    million and borrowings under the New Credit Facility will be approximately
    $10.0 million.
 
(3) Represents an estimated prepayment premium of $2.7 million related to the
    redemption of the Existing Senior Notes, a prepayment premium of $1.5
    million related to the redemption of the Existing Subordinated Notes, and a
    payment of approximately $400,000 in connection with the termination of and
    repayment of amounts outstanding under the Existing Credit Facility. The
    maturity date of the Existing Senior Notes, which bear interest at 11 1/4%,
    is June 15, 1998. The maturity date of the Existing Subordinated Notes,
    which bear interest at 13 1/2%, is August 15, 1999, subject to partial
    mandatory redemption on each of August 15, 1997 and August 15, 1998 in the
    amounts of $23.3 million and $33.3 million, respectively, of the principal
    amount of the Existing Subordinated Notes. See "The Recapitalization."
    
 
(4) Includes underwriting discounts and commissions related to the Offerings and
    expenses payable by the Company in connection with the Recapitalization.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table sets forth the actual consolidated capitalization of the
Company as of March 31, 1996 and as adjusted to give effect to the
Recapitalization. See "Use of Proceeds."
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                              MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                         ------------------------
                                                                          ACTUAL      AS ADJUSTED
                                                                         ---------    -----------
                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                      <C>          <C>
Short-term debt (1):
  Existing Credit Facility............................................   $  14,928      $      --
  New Credit Facility.................................................          --         18,458
                                                                         ---------    -----------
      Total short-term debt...........................................      14,928         18,458
Long-term debt:
  Existing Senior Notes...............................................      50,000             --
  Existing Subordinated Notes.........................................      90,000             --
  Notes offered concurrently..........................................          --        100,000
                                                                         ---------    -----------
      Total long-term debt............................................     140,000        100,000
                                                                         ---------    -----------
      Total debt......................................................     154,928        118,458
Redeemable common stock (2)...........................................       1,427             --
Stockholders' deficit:
  Preferred Stock, no shares authorized or issued (3).................
  Common Stock, $.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized and
    20,000,000 shares authorized as adjusted; 3,590,434 shares issued
    and 6,000,000 shares issued as adjusted
    (excludes 9,774 treasury shares) (3)..............................          36             59
  Additional paid-in capital..........................................      46,443         94,905
  Accumulated deficit.................................................    (172,029)      (180,187)
  Foreign currency translation adjustment.............................       3,348          3,348
  Less: Treasury stock at cost, 9,774 shares..........................        (173)          (173)
                                                                         ---------    -----------
      Total stockholders' deficit.....................................    (122,375)       (82,048)
                                                                         ---------    -----------
      Total capitalization............................................   $  33,980      $  36,410
                                                                         ---------    -----------
                                                                         ---------    -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
(1) Amounts outstanding under the Existing Credit Facility are, and amounts to
    be outstanding under the New Credit Facility will be, treated for accounting
    purposes as short-term debt. However, because of the longer term of the
    facilities under which this debt is issued (three years with respect to the
    New Credit Facility), the Company considers debt under these credit
    facilities to be part of its total capitalization and, accordingly, has
    included them in this table.
 
(2) Represents the estimated liability of the Company in connection with the put
    and call rights provided for in the Stock Subscription Agreement among the
    Company and the investors specified therein (the "Stock Subscription
    Agreement") with respect to certain options granted pursuant to the Existing
    Stock Option Plan. The Stock Subscription Agreement and the related put and
    call rights will be terminated upon consummation of the Offering. See
    "Management--Stock Option Plans" and Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated
    Financial Statements.
 
   
(3) The Company's Certificate of Incorporation was amended on July 15, 1996 to
    authorize, 2,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, with terms of individual
    classes of the Preferred Stock to be determined in the discretion of the
    board of directors, and to increase the number of authorized shares of
    Common Stock from 10,000,000 to 20,000,000.
    
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
                                   DIVIDENDS
 
    The Company has not previously paid dividends and does not intend to pay
dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of any future dividends will
generally be at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, and
will depend upon, among other factors, future earnings, capital requirements,
the general financial condition of the Company and general business conditions.
In addition, the Indenture for the Notes will include (and future credit
facilities may include) financial covenants that restrict the Company's ability
to pay dividends. See "Risk Factors" and "Description of Indebtedness--The
Notes."
 
                                    DILUTION
 
   
    As of March 31, 1996, the Company had a deficit in net tangible book value
per share (book value of the Company's tangible assets less the amount of its
liabilities, divided by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding) of
$(35.18). Without taking into account any changes in such book value per share,
other than to give effect to the Recapitalization, the pro forma deficit in net
tangible book value per share as of March 31, 1996 would have been $(14.33).
This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value per
share of $20.85 to existing Company stockholders and an immediate dilution of
$36.33 per share to new investors. The following table illustrates the
calculation described above:
    
 
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
<S>                                                                 <C>        <C>
Assumed initial offering price per share.........................              $ 22.00
 
Deficit in net tangible book value per share before the
Offering.........................................................   $(35.18)
 
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to
  purchase of shares in the Offering.............................     20.85
 
Pro forma deficit in net tangible book value per share after the
Offering.........................................................              $(14.33)
                                                                               -------
 
Dilution per share to purchasers in the Offering.................              $ 36.33
                                                                               -------
                                                                               -------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    To the extent the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full,
the pro forma deficit in net tangible book value of the Company at March 31,
1996 would have been $(71,049), or $(11.20) per share, representing an immediate
increase in such pro forma net tangible book value of $23.98 per share to
existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $33.20 per share to
purchasers in this Offering.
    
 
    The following table sets forth, as of March 31, 1996, the number of shares
of Common Stock purchased or to be purchased from the Company, the total
consideration paid or to be paid to the Company and the average price per share
paid or to be paid to the Company by the existing stockholders and new investors
purchasing shares in the Offering.
 
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                           SHARES PURCHASED       TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                         --------------------    ----------------------    AVERAGE PRICE
                                          NUMBER      PERCENT      AMOUNT       PERCENT      PER SHARE
                                         ---------    -------    -----------    -------    -------------
<S>                                      <C>          <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>
Existing stockholders (1).............   3,700,000       61.7%   $46,791,000      48.0%       $ 12.65
New investors.........................   2,300,000       38.3%    50,600,000      52.0%         22.00
                                         ---------    -------    -----------    -------    -------------
    Total.............................   6,000,000      100.0%   $97,391,000     100.0%       $ 16.23
                                         ---------    -------    -----------    -------    -------------
                                         ---------    -------    -----------    -------    -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
(1) Assumes the exercise of options to purchase 109,566 shares of Common Stock,
    which will be exercised in connection with the Offering.
    
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
           (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE, RATIO AND OPERATING DATA)
 
   The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial, operating and
pro forma data of the Company. The selected consolidated financial data as of
and for the years ended September 30, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994 and 1995 are
derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company. The
selected consolidated financial data as of and for the six months ended March
31, 1995 and 1996 have been derived from financial statements that are not
audited, but, in the opinion of management, such financial statements include
all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for
a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations as of
such dates and for such periods. Results of operations for the six months ended
March 31, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of results for the full fiscal
year. Pro forma data may not be indicative of future results.
 
    These selected financial data are qualified in their entirety by reference
to, and should be read in conjunction with, "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the Consolidated
Financial Statements of the Company and the related notes thereto included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                                                     SIX MONTHS
                                             YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                              ENDED MARCH 31,
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------     -----------------------
                           1991          1992          1993          1994          1995          1995          1996
                         ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
 
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 DATA:
<S>                      <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C> 
Net revenues............ $ 225,386     $ 169,344     $ 162,454     $ 150,578     $ 201,933     $  93,516     $ 109,985
 
Cost of sales (1).......   175,176       152,911(2)    137,102       171,957(3)    167,196        80,732        88,406
 
Selling and
 administrative expenses    20,762        19,641(2)     14,569        15,039        15,475         7,790         8,430
 
Research and technical
expenses................     4,578         3,894         3,603         3,630         3,049         1,521         1,675
 
Operating income
(loss)..................    24,870        (7,102)        7,180       (40,048)       16,213         3,473        11,474
 
Other cost, net.........       324           882(2)        400           816         1,767           259           377
 
Interest expense, net...    23,167        20,107        18,497        19,582        19,904         9,877        10,083
 
Income (loss) before
 cumulative effect of
 change in accounting
 principal..............      (675)      (16,771)       (8,275)      (60,866)       (6,771)       (6,871)          256
 
Cumulative effect of
 change in accounting
 principle (net of tax
 benefit)...............        --            --            --       (79,630)(4)        --            --            --
 
Net income (loss).......      (675)      (16,771)       (8,275)     (140,496)       (6,771)       (6,871)          256
 
Income (loss) per share
 before cumulative
 effect of change in
 accounting principle... $   (0.29)    $   (6.78)    $   (2.30)    $  (16.93)    $   (1.89)    $   (1.91)    $    0.07
 
Net income (loss) per
 share.................. $   (0.29)    $   (6.78)    $   (2.30)    $  (39.07)    $   (1.89)    $   (1.91)    $    0.07
 
Weighted average common
shares and
equivalents............. 2,312,080     2,473,005     3,599,102     3,595,976     3,591,117     3,591,775     3,590,457

<CAPTION>
                                                 SEPTEMBER 30,                                MARCH 31, 1996
                            --------------------------------------------------------    ---------------------------
                              1991        1992        1993        1994        1995       ACTUAL     AS ADJUSTED (5)
                            --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    ---------------
<S>                         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C> 
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 
Working capital (6)......   $ 97,805    $ 39,344    $ 72,131    $ 60,182    $ 62,616    $ 66,298       $  65,198
 
Property, plant and
 equipment, net..........     68,792      60,700      51,676      43,119      36,863      33,264          33,264
 
Total assets.............    256,142     214,585     194,200     145,723     151,316     154,986         157,416
 
Total debt...............    169,000     142,194     140,180     148,141     152,477     154,928         118,458
 
Accrued postretirement
benefits.................      --          --          --         94,148      94,830      95,030          95,030
 
Stockholders' equity
(deficit)................     37,630      35,162      22,938    (116,029)   (121,909)   (122,375)        (82,048)
</TABLE>
    
                                       22
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                                                     SIX MONTHS
                                             YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                              ENDED MARCH 31,
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------     -----------------------
                           1991          1992          1993          1994          1995          1995          1996
                         ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
<S>                      <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
Depreciation and
 amortization (7)....... $  14,458     $  16,484     $  13,766     $  51,555(3)  $   9,000     $   4,148     $   4,225
Capital expenditures....     4,567           821            56           771         1,934           866           374
EBITDA (8)..............    39,004         8,500        20,546        10,691        23,446         7,362        15,322
Ratio of EBITDA to
 interest expense.......      1.68x         0.42x         1.11x        0.55x         1.18x         0.75x         1.52x
Ratio of earnings before
 fixed charges to fixed
charges (9).............      1.06x           --            --            --            --            --         1.10x
Net cash provided from
 (used in) operations... $  22,270     $  19,850     $   5,711     $ (12,801)    $  (2,883)    $  (4,036)    $  (3,560)
 
Net cash provided from
 (used in) investment
activities..............   (4,521)         (757)           318           746        (1,895)         (865)         (314)
Net cash provided from
 (used in) financing
activities..............  (18,640)      (16,440)       (2,014)         7,102         3,912         4,727         2,452
 
PRO FORMA DATA (10):
Interest expense........                                                            11,782         5,832         5,984
Net income (loss).......                                                             1,484        (2,668)        4,438
Net income per share....                                                              0.41         (0.74)         1.24
Weighted average common
shares and
equivalents.............                                                         3,591,117     3,591,775     3,590,457
Ratio of earnings before
 fixed charges to fixed
charges.................                                                             1.25x            --         1.89x
EBITDA..................                                                            23,446         7,363        15,322
Ratio of EBITDA to
 interest expense.......                                                             1.99x         1.26x         2.56x
<CAPTION> 
 
                                             YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------           SIX MONTHS
                           1991          1992          1993          1994          1995            ENDED MARCH 31,
                         ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     -----------------------
<S>                     <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Shipments by markets
 (millions of pounds):
 Aerospace..............       5.7           3.4           3.3           3.3           4.7           2.2           2.7
 Chemical processing....       5.3           4.6           5.2           5.0           6.1           3.0           3.2
 Other markets..........       5.9           5.9           6.8           5.0           5.5           2.9           1.9
                         ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
   Total................      16.9          13.9          15.3          13.3          16.3           8.1           7.8
                         ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
                         ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
Average selling price
per pound............... $   13.26     $   12.04     $   10.48     $   11.17     $   12.18     $   11.51     $   13.88
Employees (end of
period).................     1,074           898           896           854           872           868           910
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
 (1) The Company was acquired by MLGA and the management of the Company in
     August 1989. For financial statement purposes, the 1989 Acquisition was
     accounted for as a purchase transaction effective September 1, 1989;
     accordingly, inventories were adjusted to reflect estimated fair values at
     that date. This adjustment to inventories was amortized to cost of sales as
     inventories were reduced from the base layer. Non-cash charges for this
     adjustment included in cost of sales were $3,361, $5,210, $3,686 and $488
     for fiscal 1991, 1992, 1993 and 1994, respectively; no charges have been
     recognized since fiscal 1994.
 
 (2) Includes costs related to the implementation of certain cost reduction
     measures, the implementation of a just-in-time and total quality management
     program and the renegotiation of the terms of the 1989 Acquisition credit
     agreement. In fiscal 1992, these charges were reflected in cost of sales,
     selling and administrative expenses, and other cost, net in the amounts of
     $6,937, $1,156 and $603, respectively.
 
 (3) Reflects the write-off of $37,117 of goodwill created in connection with
     the 1989 Acquisition remaining at September 30, 1994. See Note 10 of the
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 (4) During fiscal 1994, the Company adopted SFAS 106. The Company elected to
     immediately recognize the transition obligation for benefits earned as of
     October 1, 1993, resulting in a non-cash charge of $79,630, net of a
     $10,580 tax benefit, representing the cumulative effect of the change in
     accounting principles. The tax benefit recognized was limited to then
     existing net deferred tax liabilities. See Note 8 of the Notes to
     Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
   
 (5) Assumes an initial public offering price of $22.00 per share, the mid-point
     of the price range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus. Adjusted
     to reflect the consummation of the Offerings, anticipated borrowings under
     the New Credit Facility, the application of the net proceeds of the
     Offerings and such borrowings as described under "Use of Proceeds" and the
     consummation of the other transactions described under "The
     Recapitalization."

 (6) Reflects the excess of current assets over current liabilities as set forth
     in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Historical and as adjusted
     current liabilities include amounts outstanding under the Existing Credit
     Facility and amounts to be outstanding under the New Credit Facility,
     respectively.

 (7) Reflects (i) depreciation and amortization as presented in the Company's
     Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows and set forth in note (8) below, plus
     (ii) other non-cash charges including the amortization of prepaid pension
     costs (which is
 
                                         (Footnotes continued on following page)
    
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
   
     included in the change in other asset category) and the amortization of
     inventory costs as described in note (1) above, minus amortization of debt
     issuance costs, all as set forth in note (8) below.
 
 (8) Represents for the relevant period net income plus expenses recognized for
     interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges
     (excluding any non-cash charges which require accrual or reserve for cash
     charges for any future period), as such amounts are calculated in
     accordance with the terms of the Indenture. In addition to net interest
     expense as listed in the table, the following charges are added to net
     income to calculate EBITDA:
    
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                                                SIX MONTHS
                                                                                              ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                       YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                           ------------------------------------------------   ---------------
                                            1991       1992      1993      1994      1995      1995     1996
                                           -------   --------   -------   -------   -------   ------   ------
<S>                                        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>
Provision for (benefit from) income
taxes....................................  $ 2,054   $(11,320)  $(3,442)  $   420   $ 1,313   $  208   $  758
Depreciation.............................    8,710      8,752     8,650     8,208     8,188    4,090    3,924
Amortization
 Debt issuance costs.....................    1,401      1,333     2,120     1,680     1,444      729      715
 Goodwill................................    1,434      1,490     1,487    38,607        --       --       --
 Inventory (see note (1) above)..........    3,361      5,210     3,686       488        --       --       --
 Prepaid pension costs...................      953      1,032       (57)      314       130      246      101
                                           -------   --------   -------   -------   -------   ------   ------
                                             7,149      9,065     7,236    41,089     1,574      975      816
SFAS 106--Post-retirement................       --         --        --     3,938       682     (185)     200
Amortization debt issuance costs.........   (1,401)    (1,333)   (2,120)   (1,680)   (1,444)    (729)    (715)
                                           -------   --------   -------   -------   -------   ------   ------
                                           $16,512   $  5,164   $10,324   $51,975   $10,313   $4,359   $4,983
                                           -------   --------   -------   -------   -------   ------   ------
                                           -------   --------   -------   -------   -------   ------   ------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     EBITDA should not be construed as a substitute for income from operations, 
     net earnings (loss) on cash flows from operating activities determined in 
     accordance with GAAP. The Company has included EBITDA because it believes 
     it is commonly used by certain investors and analysts to analyze and 
     compare companies on the basis of operating performance, leverage and 
     liquidity and to determine a company's ability to service debt. Because 
     EBITDA is not calculated in the same manner by all entities, EBITDA as 
     calculated by the Company may not necessarily be comparable to that of the 
     Company's competitors or of other entities.
 
 (9) For purposes of these computations, earnings before fixed charges consist
     of income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes and
     cumulative effect of change in accounting principle plus fixed charges.
     Fixed charges consist of interest on debt, amortization of debt issuance
     costs. Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $28,091,
     $11,717, $60,446, and $5,458 for fiscal 1992, 1993, 1994 and 1995,
     respectively, and by $6,663 for the first six months of fiscal 1995.

(10) Assumes an initial public offering price of $22.00 per share, the mid-point
     of the price range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, and that
     the transactions described under "The Recapitalization" were effected as of
     October 1, 1994, resulting in approximately 1,955,000 shares of newly
     issued Common Stock being used to retire $40,000 of Existing Indebtedness
     and corresponding reduction in interest expense of $8,122, $4,045 and
     $4,099 for the year ended September 30, 1995, the six months ended March
     31, 1995 and the six months ended March 31, 1996, respectively. Actual
     interest savings may differ from pro forma amounts due to differences in
     interest rates and borrowing levels.
    
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                           AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
COMPANY BACKGROUND
 
    The Company sells high temperature alloys and corrosion resistant alloys,
which accounted for 55% and 45%, respectively, of the Company's net revenues in
fiscal 1995. The Company is one of three leading worldwide producers of high
performance alloys in flat product form, which includes sheet, coil and plate
forms, and also produces its alloys in round and tubular forms. In fiscal 1995,
flat products accounted for 70% of shipments and 64% of net revenues.
 
    The Company's annual production capacity varies depending upon the mix of
alloys, forms, product sizes, gauges and order sizes. Based on the current
product mix, the Company estimates that its annual production capacity, which
has been unchanged for the past five years, is approximately 20.0 million
pounds. As a result of changes in the Company's primary markets, sales volume
has ranged from a high of 16.9 million pounds in fiscal 1991, to a low of 13.3
million pounds in fiscal 1994. The Company is not currently capacity
constrained, but has planned capital expenditures of approximately $19.5 million
from fiscal 1996 through fiscal 1998, one of the principal benefits of which
will be to increase annual capacity by approximately 25% to approximately 25.0
million pounds. See "--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
    The Company sells its products primarily through its direct sales
organization, which includes four domestic Company-owned service centers, three
wholly-owned European subsidiaries and sales agents serving the Pacific Rim who
operate on a commission basis. Approximately 73% of the Company's net revenues
in fiscal 1995 was generated by the Company's direct sales organization. The
remaining 27% of the Company's fiscal 1995 net revenues was generated by
independent distributors and licensees in the United States, Europe and Japan,
some of whom have been associated with the Company for over 25 years.
 
   
    The proximity of production facilities to export customers is not a
significant competitive factor, since freight and duty costs per pound are minor
in comparison to the selling price per pound of high performance alloy products.
In fiscal 1995, sales to customers outside the United States accounted for
approximately 39% of the Company's net revenues. Sales of domestically-produced
products accounted for approximately 47% of the Company's foreign sales in
fiscal 1995, and the balance of foreign sales was derived from sales of products
produced overseas.
    
 
   
    Virtually all export sales are denominated in U.S. dollars. The Company's
foreign subsidiaries generally sell products in local or other foreign
currencies, creating the risk that currency exchange rate fluctuations could
adversely affect earnings. Because the Company believes the managers of the
foreign operations are better able to monitor their respective operation's
exposure to currency fluctuations and assess the risk of currency exchange loss,
each of the foreign operations is responsible for hedging as its managers deem
appropriate. If a foreign operation desires to enter into a hedging contract
that would cause it to have open positions exceeding $500,000, Company policy
requires its manager to first obtain the consent of the Chief Financial Officer
or the Chief Accounting Officer of the Company. During fiscal 1995, sales by the
foreign operations totaled approximately $41.4 million, or 53% of total
international sales. As of the end of fiscal 1995, there were foreign currency
exchange contracts outstanding of approximately $1.7 million, with no unrealized
gain or loss. During fiscal 1995, the foreign operations recorded expenses of
approximately $200,000 due to currency exchange fluctuations. The maximum
aggregate notional amount of hedged positions at any time during the past three
fiscal years was approximately $3.2 million. See "Risk Factors--Adverse Effects
of Foreign Currency Fluctuations."
    
 
   
    The high performance alloy industry is characterized by high capital
investment and high fixed costs, and profitability is therefore very sensitive
to changes in volume. The cost of raw materials is the
    
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
   
primary variable cost in the high performance alloy manufacturing process and
represents approximately one-half of total manufacturing costs. Other
manufacturing costs, such as labor, energy, maintenance and supplies, often
thought of as variable, have a significant fixed element. Accordingly,
relatively small changes in volume can result in significant variations in
earnings. The Company's results in fiscal 1994 reflect this sensitivity. While
volume declined by 13% from fiscal 1993 to fiscal 1994, primarily due to
declines in demand for the Company's products in the oil and gas and FGD
markets, EBITDA, calculated as described in Note (8) to Selected Consolidated
Financial Data declined 48%, despite a 7% increase in the average selling price
per pound of the Company's products.
    
 
    The Company strives to achieve premium pricing and margins in those alloys
where the opportunities exist. In fiscal 1995, proprietary products represented
approximately 30% of the Company's net revenues and 33% of gross margin. In
addition to these patent-protected alloys, nine other alloys manufactured by the
Company have little or no direct competition because they are difficult to
produce and require relatively small production runs to satisfy demand. In
fiscal 1995, these nine alloys represented approximately 15% of the Company's
net revenues and 23% of gross margin.
 
    Order to shipment lead times can be a competitive factor as well as an
indication of the strength of the demand for high performance alloys. The
Company's current average manufacturing lead time for flat products is
approximately 10 to 12 weeks, although due to current backlog levels, lead times
from order to shipment are approximately 14 to 18 weeks. The Company believes
its lead times are consistent with those offered by its competitors.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
OVERVIEW OF MARKETS
 
    A breakdown of sales, shipments and average selling prices to the markets
served by the Company for the last five fiscal years is shown in the following
table:
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                    1991               1992               1993               1994               1995
                               --------------     --------------     --------------     --------------     --------------
                                        % OF               % OF               % OF               % OF               % OF
SALES (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)    AMOUNT   TOTAL     AMOUNT   TOTAL     AMOUNT   TOTAL     AMOUNT   TOTAL     AMOUNT   TOTAL
                               ------   -----     ------   -----     ------   -----     ------   -----     ------   -----
<S>                            <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>
Aerospace...................   $83.6     37.1%    $45.7     27.0%    $46.7     28.7%    $46.4     30.8%    $66.4     32.9%
Chemical processing.........    64.5     28.6      52.8     31.2      52.2     32.1      50.1     33.3      72.2     35.8
Land-based gas turbines.....     8.6      3.8      10.7      6.3      12.6      7.8      17.0     11.3      14.3      7.1
Flue gas desulfurization....     8.6      3.8      11.4      6.7      17.4     10.7      10.2      6.7       6.6      3.3
Oil and gas.................    30.9     13.7      18.8     11.1      11.0      6.8       4.2      2.8       4.5      2.2
Other markets...............    27.9     12.4      28.0     16.6      20.5     12.6      20.6     13.7      34.6     17.1
                               ------   -----     ------   -----     ------   -----     ------   -----     ------   -----
Total product...............   224.1     99.4     167.4     98.9     160.4     98.7     148.5     98.6     198.6     98.4
Other revenue (1)...........     1.3      0.6       1.9      1.1       2.1      1.3       2.1      1.4       3.3      1.6
                               ------   -----     ------   -----     ------   -----     ------   -----     ------   -----
Net revenues................   $225.4   100.0%    $169.3   100.0%    $162.5   100.0%    $150.6   100.0%    $201.9   100.0%
                               ------   -----     ------   -----     ------   -----     ------   -----     ------   -----
                               ------   -----     ------   -----     ------   -----     ------   -----     ------   -----
 U.S........................   $147.7             $116.4             $109.1             $94.8              $122.3
 Foreign....................   $77.7              $52.9              $53.4              $55.8              $79.6
 
SHIPMENTS BY MARKET
 (MILLIONS OF POUNDS)
Aerospace...................     5.7     33.7%      3.4     24.5%      3.3     21.6%      3.3     24.8%      4.7     28.8%
Chemical processing.........     5.3     31.4       4.6     33.1       5.2     34.0       5.0     37.6       6.1     37.4
Land-based gas turbines.....     0.7      4.2       1.3      9.4       1.2      7.8       1.6     12.0       1.3      8.0
Flue gas desulfurization....     0.9      5.3       1.6     11.4       2.9     19.0       1.5     11.3       0.9      5.5
Oil and gas.................     2.3     13.6       1.3      9.4       1.1      7.2       0.4      3.0       0.5      3.1
Other markets...............     2.0     11.8       1.7     12.2       1.6     10.4       1.5     11.3       2.8     17.2
                               ------   -----     ------   -----     ------   -----     ------   -----     ------   -----
 Total shipments............    16.9    100.0%     13.9    100.0%     15.3    100.0%     13.3    100.0%     16.3    100.0%
                               ------   -----     ------   -----     ------   -----     ------   -----     ------   -----
                               ------   -----     ------   -----     ------   -----     ------   -----     ------   -----
 
AVERAGE SELLING PRICE PER
 POUND
Aerospace...................  $14.67             $13.44             $14.15             $14.06             $14.13
Chemical processing.........   12.17              11.48              10.04              10.02              11.84
Land-based gas turbines.....   12.29               8.23              10.50              10.63              11.00
Flue gas desulfurization....    9.56               7.13               6.00               6.80               7.33
Oil and gas.................   13.43              14.46              10.00              10.50               9.00
Other markets...............   13.95              16.47              12.81              13.73              12.36
 All markets................   13.26              12.04              10.48              11.17              12.18
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) Includes toll conversion and royalty income.
 
    Fluctuations in net revenues and volume from fiscal 1991 through fiscal 1995
are a direct result of significant changes in each of the Company's major
markets.
 
    Aerospace. Demand for the Company's products in the aerospace industry is
driven by orders for new jet engines as well as requirements for spare parts and
replacement parts for jet engines. Demand for the Company's aerospace products
declined significantly from fiscal 1991 to fiscal 1992, as order rates for
commercial aircraft fell below delivery rates due to cancellations and deferrals
of previously placed orders. The Company believes that, as a result of these
cancellations and deferrals, engine manufacturers and their fabricators and
suppliers were caught with excess inventories. The draw down of these
inventories, and the implementation of just-in-time delivery requirements by
many jet engine manufacturers, exacerbated the decline experienced by suppliers
to these manufacturers, including the Company. Demand for products used in
manufacturing military aircraft and engines also dropped during this period as
domestic defense spending declined following the Persian Gulf War. These
conditions persisted through fiscal 1994.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
   
    The Company began to see a recovery in the demand for its aerospace products
at the beginning of fiscal 1995. Reports prepared by The Boeing Co. and
McDonnell Douglas Corp. project that commercial aircraft production will remain
strong through 1998. The firm order backlog of The Boeing Co., McDonnell Douglas
Corp. and Airbus Industrie, as reported by The Airline Monitor, increased to
1,869 planes at December 31, 1995 from 1,742 planes at December 31, 1994.
Additionally, passenger miles flown world-wide, which increased from
approximately 1,500 billion in 1994 to 1,576 billion in 1995, are expected to
reach approximately 1,961 billion in 1999. Federal Aviation Administration
regulations mandate maintenance of aircraft engines based in part on the number
of miles flown and the number of takeoffs and landings. Increased air travel
therefore requires additional maintenance and repair of aircraft engines, which
in turn increases demand for HTA products. Reflecting increased aircraft
production and maintenance, the Company's net revenues to the aerospace industry
in the first six months of fiscal 1996 increased 35.2% over the comparable
period in fiscal 1995.
    
 
    Chemical Processing. Demand for the Company's products in the chemical
processing industry is driven primarily by maintenance requirements of chemical
processing facilities, and tends to track overall economic activity due to the
diverse nature of chemical products and their applications. Major projects
involving the expansion of existing chemical processing facilities or the
construction of new facilities periodically increase demand for CRA products in
the industry. Demand for the Company's products used in the chemical processing
industry declined in fiscal 1991 and fiscal 1992, but began to increase in late
fiscal 1993. In fiscal 1995, sales of the Company's products to the chemical
processing industry reached a five-year high, and the Company believes that the
outlook for sales of the Company's products to the chemical processing industry
continues to improve. Concerns regarding the reliability of chemical processing
facilities, their potential impact on the environment and the safety of their
personnel as well as the need for higher throughput should support demand for
more sophisticated alloys, such as the Company's CRA products.
 
    The Company expects that growth in the chemical processing industry will
result from volume increases and selective price increases as a result of
increased demand. In addition, the Company's key proprietary CRA products, the
recently introduced Hastelloy C-2000, which the Company believes provides better
overall corrosion resistance and versatility than any other readily available
CRA product, and Hastelloy C-22, are expected to contribute substantially to the
Company's growth in this market, although there can be no assurance that this
will be the case.
 
    Land-Based Gas Turbines. The Company leveraged its metallurgical expertise
to develop LBGT applications for alloys it had historically sold to the
aerospace industry. Electric generating facilities powered by land-based gas
turbines are less expensive to construct and operate and produce fewer sulfur
dioxide ("SO2") emissions than traditional fossil fuel-fired facilities. The
Company believes these factors are primarily responsible for creating demand for
its products in the LBGT industry. Prior to the enactment of the Clean Air Act
of 1990, as amended (the "Clean Air Act"), land based gas turbines were used
primarily to satisfy peak power requirements. However, legislated standards for
lowering emissions from fossil fuel-fired electric utilities and cogeneration
facilities, such as the Clean Air Act, together with self-imposed standards,
contributed to increased demand for some of the Company's products in the early
1990s, when Phase I of the Clean Air Act was being implemented. The Company
believes that the outlook appears favorable for land-based gas turbines, since
they are gaining acceptance as a clean, low-cost alternative to fossil
fuel-fired electric generating facilities. The Company believes that compliance
with Phase II of the Clean Air Act, which begins in 2000, will further
contribute to demand for its products.
 
    Flue Gas Desulfurization. The Clean Air Act is the primary factor
determining the demand for high performance alloys in the FGD industry. FGD
projects have been undertaken by electric utilities and cogeneration facilities
powered by fossil fuels in the United States, Europe and the Pacific Rim in
response to concerns over emissions. FGD projects are generally highly visible
and as a result are highly price competitive, especially when demand for high
performance alloys in other major markets is weak.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
The Company anticipates increasing sales opportunities in the FGD market as
deadlines for Phase II of the Clean Air Act approach in 2000.
 
    Oil and Gas. The Company's participation in the oil and gas industry
consists primarily of providing tubular goods for sour gas production. Demand
for the Company's products in this industry is driven by the rate of development
of sour gas fields, which in turn is driven by the price of natural gas and the
need to commence production in order to protect leases. This market was very
active in fiscal 1991, especially in the offshore sour gas fields in the Gulf of
Mexico, but demand for the Company's sour gas tubular products has declined
significantly since that time. Due to the volatility of the oil and gas
industry, the Company has chosen not to invest in certain manufacturing
equipment necessary to perform certain intermediate steps of the manufacturing
process for these tubular products. However, the Company can outsource the
necessary processing steps in the manufacture of these tubulars when prices rise
to attractive levels. The Company intends to selectively take advantage of
future opportunities as they arise, but plans no capital expenditures to
increase its internal capabilities in this area.
 
    Other Markets. In addition to the industries described above, the Company
also targets a variety of other markets. Representative industries served in
fiscal 1995 include waste incineration, industrial heat treating, automotive,
medical and instrumentation. Many of the Company's lower volume proprietary
alloys are experiencing growing demand in these other markets. Markets capable
of providing growth are being driven by increasing performance, reliability and
service life requirements for products used in these markets, which could
provide further applications for the Company's products.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, consolidated
statements of operations data as a percentage of net revenues:
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                                     SIX MONTHS
                                                  YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,        ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                ----------------------------      ----------------
                                                1993       1994        1995       1995       1996
                                                -----      -----       -----      -----      -----
<S>                                             <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
Net revenues.................................   100.0%     100.0%      100.0%     100.0%     100.0%
Cost of sales (1)............................    84.4       89.6        82.8       86.3       80.4
Selling and administrative expenses..........     9.0       10.0         7.7        8.3        7.7
Research and technical expenses..............     2.2        2.4         1.5        1.6        1.5
Other cost, net..............................     0.3        0.5         0.9        0.3        0.3
Interest expense.............................    11.6       13.2        10.0       10.7        9.3
Interest income..............................    (0.3)      (0.2)       (0.2)      (0.1)      (0.1)
Goodwill write-off...........................      --       24.6(2)       --         --         --
                                                -----      -----       -----      -----      -----
Income (loss) before provision for income
  taxes and effect of change in accounting
principle....................................    (7.2)     (40.1)       (2.7)      (7.1)       0.9
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes....    (2.1)       0.3         0.6        0.2        0.7
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
  principle (net of tax benefit).............      --      (52.9)(3)      --         --         --
                                                -----      -----       -----      -----      -----
Net income (loss)............................    (5.1)%    (93.3)%      (3.3)%     (7.3)%      0.2%
                                                -----      -----       -----      -----      -----
                                                -----      -----       -----      -----      -----
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
(1) For financial statement purposes, the 1989 Acquisition was accounted for as
    a purchase transaction effective September 1, 1989; accordingly, inventories
    were adjusted to reflect estimated fair values at that date. This adjustment
    to inventories was amortized to cost of sales as inventories were reduced
    from the base layer. Non-cash charges for this adjustment included in cost
    of sales were approximately $3.7 million and $488,000 for fiscal 1993 and
    1994, respectively; no charges have been recognized since fiscal 1994.
 
(2) Reflects the write-off of $37.1 million of goodwill created in connection
    with the 1989 Acquisition remaining at September 30, 1994. See Note 10 of
    the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(3) During fiscal 1994, the Company adopted SFAS 106. The Company elected to
    immediately recognize the transition obligation for benefits earned as of
    October 1, 1993, resulting in a non-cash charge of approximately $79.6
    million net of an approximately $10.6 million tax benefit, representing the
    cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle. The tax benefit
    recognized was limited to then existing net deferred tax liabilities. See
    Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995
 
    Net revenues increased approximately $16.5 million, or 17.6%, to
approximately $110.0 million for the first half of fiscal 1996 from
approximately $93.5 million for the same period in fiscal 1995, as a result of a
20.6% increase in the average selling price per pound, from $11.51 to $13.88.
The increase in average selling price was partially offset by a 3.7% decrease in
volume to 7.8 million pounds from 8.1 million pounds, as volume increases in the
aerospace, chemical processing and LBGT markets were more than offset by lower
volume in the FGD and other markets.
 
    Sales to the aerospace market increased by 35.0% to approximately $40.5
million in the first half of fiscal 1996 from approximately $30.0 million for
the same period in fiscal 1995. Volume increased 19.9% and the average selling
price per pound increased 12.7%. Increased demand for the Company's products in
fiscal 1996 from the aerospace market was generated primarily by domestic engine
producers, as demand in Europe remained relatively flat.
 
    Sales to the chemical processing industry, which achieved a five-year high
in fiscal 1995, increased 28.4% to approximately $42.1 million in the first six
months of fiscal 1996 from approximately $32.8 million for the same period in
fiscal 1995. Volume increased 6.6% despite lower exports to the Pacific Rim. In
addition, the average selling price per pound increased 20.4% as a result of
higher demand from both the domestic and European markets.
 
    Sales to the LBGT market increased 24.0% to approximately $9.3 million in
the first half of fiscal 1996 from approximately $7.5 million for the
corresponding period in fiscal 1995 as a result of a 21.2% increase in volume
and a 2.7% increase in the average selling price per pound. This reflected
strong demand for cleaner burning power generation from gas turbines. In
addition, the Company has been favorably impacted by its success in marketing
Haynes 230 to European turbine manufacturers as a replacement for competing
alloys.
 
    Sales to the FGD market decreased by 30.0% to approximately $3.5 million in
the first half of fiscal 1996 from approximately $5.0 million in the same period
of fiscal 1995 as a result of the absence of major orders from the Pacific Rim
and Europe that were experienced in the first half of fiscal 1995. Volume
decreased 47.4%, but average selling price per pound increased by 30.1%.
 
    Sales to the oil and gas industry were approximately $300,000 in the first
half of fiscal 1996 as compared to sales of approximately $200,000 for the first
half of fiscal 1995.
 
    Sales to other markets decreased by 30.0% to approximately $12.6 million for
the first half of fiscal 1996 from approximately $18.0 million in the first half
of fiscal 1995, as a result of a 49.8% decrease in volume, offset by a 40.2%
increase in average selling price per pound. The Company benefitted from a
one-time order of approximately $3.5 million for a major waste treatment
facility in Eastern Europe in the first half of fiscal 1995. Sales to the waste
incineration market increased as a result of greater use of the Company's
products in high temperature corrosion applications. In addition, increased use
of Haynes HR-120 as a substitute for competing products (including stainless
steels) in the industrial heating market led to higher sales in that segment.
 
   
    Cost of sales increased by approximately $7.7 million, or 9.5%, to
approximately $88.4 million for the first half of fiscal 1996 from approximately
$80.7 million in the same period in fiscal 1995. However, cost of sales as a
percent of net revenues decreased to 80.4% from 86.3% in the respective periods
as a result of higher average selling prices and a favorable change in product
mix. Although total volume declined in the first half of fiscal 1996, volume in
the higher-margin, high value-added product forms such as sheet, wire and
seamless tubulars increased in fiscal 1996 over fiscal 1995 levels. Increased
capacity utilization in the higher-cost operations used to manufacture these
forms led to efficiencies that lowered the per unit cost. Also, during the first
half of fiscal 1995 raw material costs escalated, thereby temporarily reducing
margins until price increases could be fully implemented. In the first half of
fiscal 1996, these increased costs had been fully passed through as reflected in
higher selling prices.
    
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
    Selling and administrative expenses increased approximately $640,000, or
8.2%, to approximately $8.4 million for the first half of fiscal 1996 from
approximately $7.8 million for the same period in fiscal 1995. However, selling
and administrative expenses declined as a percentage of net revenues from 8.3%
to 7.7%. The increase in absolute dollars was primarily a result of salary
increases and the payment of performance-based management bonuses of
approximately $439,000 which were awarded and paid in January 1996. Based on
results for the first half of fiscal 1996, the Company believes that management
will be eligible for bonuses for fiscal 1996 and that it will accrue additional
expense for management bonuses of approximately $900,000 during fiscal 1996. In
addition, sales and marketing personnel were hired as part of the Company's
effort to increase market coverage and customer contact.
 
    Research and technical expenses increased approximately $154,000, or 10.1%,
to approximately $1.7 million for the first half of fiscal 1996 from
approximately $1.5 million for the same period in fiscal 1995, primarily as a
result of salary increases. Headcount increased as part of the Company's ongoing
commitment to technological leadership.
 
    As a result of the above factors, the Company recognized operating income
for the first half of fiscal 1996 of approximately $11.5 million, approximately
$2.0 million of which was contributed by the Company's foreign subsidiaries. For
the first half of fiscal 1995, operating income was approximately $3.5 million,
of which approximately $2.0 million was contributed by the Company's foreign
subsidiaries.
 
    Other costs, net increased approximately $118,000, or 45.6%, to
approximately $377,000 for the first half of fiscal 1996 from approximately
$259,000 in the same period in fiscal 1995, primarily as a result of payments
made to lenders for amendments to the Existing Credit Facility which were
partially offset by lower foreign currency exchange adjustments.
 
    Interest expense increased approximately $232,000, or 2.1%, to approximately
$10.1 million for the first half of fiscal 1996 from approximately $9.9 million
for the same period in fiscal 1995, due primarily to higher average borrowings
under the Existing Credit Facility.
 
    The provision for income taxes of approximately $758,000 for the first half
of fiscal 1996 increased by approximately $550,000 from approximately $208,000
for the first half of fiscal 1995, due primarily to taxes on foreign earnings
against which the Company was unable to utilize its U.S. federal income tax net
operating loss carryforwards ("NOLs").
 
    As a result of the above factors, the Company recognized net income for the
first half of fiscal 1996 of approximately $256,000, compared to a net loss of
approximately $6.9 million for the same period in fiscal 1995.
 
YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994
 
    Net revenues increased approximately $51.3 million, or 34.1%, to
approximately $201.9 million in fiscal 1995 from approximately $150.6 million in
fiscal 1994, as a result of a 22.6% increase in volume to 16.3 million pounds
from approximately 13.3 million pounds and a 9.0% increase in average selling
price to $12.18 per pound from $11.17 per pound. Volume increases were due to
higher demand in the aerospace, chemical processing, waste incineration and
industrial heating industries. Alloy price increases were implemented in fiscal
1995 in response to rising raw material costs, which resulted in higher average
selling prices.
 
    Sales to the aerospace market increased 43.0% to approximately $66.4 million
in fiscal 1995 from approximately $46.4 million in fiscal 1994 due to a 42.4%
increase in volume as reflected by the increased order backlog for commercial
aircraft and jet engines in fiscal 1995. In addition, the Company greatly
increased its sales to distributors serving the aerospace market by meeting
competitive prices for certain higher volume HTA products. Due to changes in
product mix, the average selling price per
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
pound to the aerospace market in fiscal 1995 remained flat as compared to fiscal
1994 despite generally higher alloy prices.
 
    Sales to the chemical processing industry increased 44.1% to approximately
$72.2 million in fiscal 1995 from approximately $50.1 million in fiscal 1994 as
a result of higher spending in the United States and Europe for smaller
maintenance and improvement projects, as well as along the Pacific Rim for
certain large capacity expansion projects. Volume increased 22.0% and average
selling price per pound increased 18.2%. The large Pacific Rim projects were
very competitively bid upon, resulting in lower average selling prices per pound
for these projects as compared to other projects. The lower average selling
prices for these products were more than offset, however, by higher prices in
smaller projects. In addition, the Company was favorably impacted in fiscal 1995
by its shift from production of a low-priced duplex stainless steel that it had
manufactured for several years to other higher-priced, higher-margin products as
a result of stronger market demand for such products.
 
    Sales to the LBGT market decreased 15.9% to approximately $14.3 million in
fiscal 1995 from approximately $17.0 million in fiscal 1994. During fiscal 1995,
a few of the larger LBGT manufacturers decreased purchases of alloys as they
reduced their inventories; as a result, the Company's volume decreased 18.8%.
Although Haynes 230 was gaining acceptance, especially in Europe, the Company
experienced temporary disruptions in sales of this product due to production and
delivery problems, and as a result the Company's fiscal 1995 average selling
price per pound was unchanged as compared to fiscal 1994.
 
    Sales to the FGD market declined 35.3% to approximately $6.6 million in
fiscal 1995 from approximately $10.2 million in fiscal 1994 as a result of a
40.0% decrease in volume and a 7.7% increase in average selling price per pound.
Sharply lower domestic sales were partially offset by increased sales in Europe
and along the Pacific Rim. The weakness in domestic markets reflected lower
demand for wet scrubbing facilities for fossel fuel-fired electric generating
plants.
 
    Demand in the oil and gas market has been weak and orders have been only
sporadic since fiscal 1992, when a major sour gas production project in the Gulf
of Mexico was completed. Sales increased 7.1% in fiscal 1995 as compared to
fiscal 1994 as a result of a 25.0% increase in volume, which was partially
offset by a 14.3% decrease in average selling price per pound.
 
    Sales to other markets increased 69.4% to approximately $34.9 million in
fiscal 1995 from approximately $20.6 million in fiscal 1994 due primarily to a
shipment in fiscal 1995 to a large waste treatment project destined for
installation in Eastern Europe and the completion of a short-term contract in
support of the U.S. Army's M-1 tank program. These projects resulted in an 86.7%
increase in volume in fiscal 1995 as compared to fiscal 1994 and a 9.2% decrease
in average selling price per pound for the same periods.
 
   
    Cost of sales decreased approximately $4.8 million, or 2.8%, to
approximately $167.2 million in fiscal 1995 from approximately $172.0 million in
fiscal 1994. Fiscal 1994 cost of sales included the write-off of goodwill as
discussed in Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Cost of
sales as a percent of the Company's net revenues decreased to 82.8% from 89.6%
in the respective years, excluding the effect of the write-off of goodwill in
fiscal 1994 as discussed above. This was due primarily to increased capacity
utilization and increased profitability in the European subsidiaries. During the
first half of fiscal 1995, raw material costs escalated rapidly, resulting in
lower margins. As a result, the spread between average selling price and
material cost per pound was lower in fiscal 1995 than in fiscal 1994. This was
partially offset in the second half of fiscal 1995 as price increases for the
Company's alloys became effective. Higher volume reduced unit fixed costs and
led to improved operating efficiencies. In addition, the European subsidiaries
experienced improved volume and margins in fiscal 1995, reflecting improved
business conditions which further improved the Company's cost of sales as a
percent of net revenues.
    
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
    Selling and administrative expenses increased approximately $436,000, or
2.9%, to approximately $15.5 million in fiscal 1995 from approximately $15.0
million in fiscal 1994 primarily as a result of expenses which previously had
been reported as research and technology expenses in fiscal 1994 being
reclassified as selling and administrative expenses in fiscal 1995.
 
    Research and technical expenses decreased approximately $581,000, or 16.0%,
to approximately $3.0 million in fiscal 1995 from approximately $3.6 million in
fiscal 1994 due in part to the reclassification of expenses noted above. In
addition, certain costs associated with engineering functions recorded as
manufacturing costs in fiscal 1995 were reported as research and technical
expenses in fiscal 1994.
 
   
    As a result of the above factors, the Company recognized operating income in
fiscal 1995 of approximately $16.2 million as compared to an operating loss of
approximately $40.0 million in fiscal 1994. Operating loss in fiscal 1994 was
approximately $2.9 million prior to the write off of approximately $37.1 million
of goodwill as described in Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements. Operating income contributed by the Company's foreign subsidiaries
was approximately $5.3 million in fiscal 1995 and approximately $1.6 million in
fiscal 1994.
    
 
   
    Other costs, net increased approximately $951,000, or 116.5%, to
approximately $1.8 million in fiscal 1995 from approximately $816,000 in fiscal
1994, primarily as a result of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, which
accounted for approximately $150,000 of the increase, and approximately $478,000
in costs incurred associated with obtaining options to purchase certain of the
Company's Existing Subordinated Notes. The options expired in October 1995.
    
 
    Interest expense increased approximately $317,000, or 1.6%, to approximately
$20.2 million in fiscal 1995 from approximately $19.9 million in fiscal 1994,
primarily as a result of higher average borrowings under the Existing Credit
Facility.
 
    The provision for income taxes for fiscal 1995 was approximately $1.3
million compared to approximately $420,000 in fiscal 1994, due primarily to
taxes on foreign earnings against which the Company was unable to utilize its
NOLs.
 
   
    As a result of the above factors, the Company reported a net loss of
approximately $6.8 million in fiscal 1995 compared to a net loss of
approximately $140.5 million in fiscal 1994, including SFAS 106 expense of
approximately $79.6 million.
    
 
YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1993
 
    Net revenues decreased approximately $11.9 million, or 7.3%, to
approximately $150.6 million in fiscal 1994 from approximately $162.5 million in
fiscal 1993 as a result of a 13.1% decrease in volume partially offset by a 6.6%
increase in average selling price per pound.
 
    Sales to the aerospace market decreased 0.6% to approximately $46.4 million
in fiscal 1994 from approximately $46.7 million in fiscal 1993 despite slightly
higher domestic demand for jet engines. The Company did not benefit from the
higher domestic demand because of lost orders for generic alloys due to
uncompetitive pricing, as reflected by flat volume and average selling price per
pound. Sales to the European aerospace industry increased slightly in fiscal
1994 as a result of improved demand for jet engines in that market.
 
    Sales to the chemical processing industry declined 4.0% to approximately
$50.1 million in fiscal 1994 from approximately $52.2 million in fiscal 1993.
This decrease was due to lower domestic sales partially offset by higher
European and Pacific Rim sales resulting from increased maintenance and process
improvement expenditures. Although the domestic market for chemical processing
was strong, the Company was negatively affected when one of its significant
distributors to this market outsourced a greater percentage of its purchases to
competing producers based on increased concern about the Company's financial
resources and its ability to maintain an uninterrupted supply of product.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
    Sales to the LBGT market increased 34.9% to approximately $17.0 million in
fiscal 1994 from approximately $12.6 million in fiscal 1993 as a result of
higher global demand for this relatively inexpensive and clean source of
electric power and increased use of Haynes 230 as a replacement for other
competing materials in certain hot sections of the turbines. Consequently,
volume increased 33.3% and average selling price per pound increased 1.2%.
 
    Sales for FGD applications decreased 41.4% to approximately $10.2 million in
fiscal 1994 from approximately $17.4 million in fiscal 1993 reflecting the
completion of many of the planned facilities built in response to Phase I Clean
Air Act requirements and a reduction in the number of utilities opting for wet
scrubbing of flue gases. However, increased sales along the Pacific Rim and in
Europe reflected increasing demand in those areas for wet scrubbing as a
response to more stringent environmental standards. Volume decreased 48.3%,
while average selling price per pound increased 13.3%.
 
    Sales to the oil and gas industry decreased 61.8% to approximately $4.2
million in fiscal 1994 from approximately $11.0 million in fiscal 1993. Volume
decreased 63.6% due to reduced activity in sour gas production, while prices
increased 5.0%.
 
    Sales to other markets increased 0.5% to approximately $20.6 million in
fiscal 1994 from approximately $20.5 million in fiscal 1993. Lower demand in
industrial heating applications was offset by increased demand in the waste
incineration market, particularly in Europe, where alloys were sold to a large
waste facility construction project. The average selling price per pound
increased 7.2%.
 
   
    At September 30, 1994, the Company elected to write off the goodwill balance
from the 1989 Acquisition of approximately $37.1 million, as more fully
discussed in Note 10 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Cost of
sales therefore increased approximately $34.9 million, or 25.4%, to
approximately $172.0 million in fiscal 1994 from approximately $137.1 million in
fiscal 1993. Cost of sales as a percent of the Company's net revenues, excluding
the write-off of goodwill, increased to 89.6% in fiscal 1994, compared to 84.4%
in fiscal 1993. Approximately 2.7% of this increase was due to the recognition
of additional non-cash charges pertaining to accrued post-retirement benefits,
with the remaining increase resulting from lower overall capacity utilization
and higher costs. Efforts to raise prices in fiscal 1994 resulted in a slight
improvement in the variable margin per pound of product sold, but the resulting
loss of volume more than offset this benefit.
    
 
    Selling and administrative expenses increased approximately $470,000, or
3.2%, to approximately $15.0 million in fiscal 1994 from approximately $14.6
million in fiscal 1993, primarily because of higher salaries.
 
    Research and technical expense was essentially flat in fiscal 1994 compared
to fiscal 1993, as a result of increases in salaries, offset by lower personnel
levels.
 
   
    As a result of the above factors, the Company reported an operating loss in
fiscal 1994 of approximately $40.0 million, but generated an operating loss of
approximately $2.9 million prior to the write-off of goodwill, compared to
approximately $7.2 million of operating income in the prior year. The Company's
foreign subsidiaries contributed approximately $1.6 million and approximately
$2.0 million of operating income in fiscal 1994 and fiscal 1993, respectively.
    
 
   
    Other cost, net increased approximately $416,000, or 104.0%, to
approximately $816,000 in fiscal 1994 from approximately $400,000 in fiscal
1993. This increase was primarily due to an increase in the provision for bad
debts.
    
 
    Interest expenses increased approximately $1.0 million, or 5.3%, to
approximately $19.9 million in fiscal 1994 from approximately $18.9 million in
fiscal 1993 as a result of higher average borrowings under the Existing Credit
Facility and higher average interest rates.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
    The provision for income taxes for fiscal 1994 was approximately $420,000
compared to a benefit from income tax of approximately $3.4 million in fiscal
1993. The provision for fiscal 1994 represents taxes on earnings generated from
the foreign subsidiaries. In connection with the Company's adoption of SFAS 106
and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income
Tax" ("SFAS 109") effective October 1, 1993, the Company recognized a tax
benefit that eliminated the domestic deferred tax liabilities as of September
30, 1993. Due to the Company's net operating loss carryforward position as set
forth in the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company was not able to
recognize any tax benefit resulting from the operating losses from domestic
operations incurred in fiscal 1994.
 
    As a result of the above factors, the Company reported a net loss in fiscal
1994 before the effect of a change in accounting principle of approximately
$60.9 million (approximately $23.8 million before the goodwill write-off)
compared to a net loss of approximately $8.3 million in fiscal 1993.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
   
    In connection with the Recapitalization, the Company will redeem the
Existing Notes, repay amounts outstanding under the Existing Credit Facility and
pay the related fees and expenses. The funds required to consummate the
Recapitalization will be provided by the net proceeds to the Company from the
Offerings and borrowings under the New Credit Facility. See "Use of Proceeds."
The Company expects to consummate the Recapitalization during the fourth quarter
of fiscal 1996. On a pro forma basis, giving effect to the Recapitalization as
of March 31, 1996, total indebtedness would have been approximately $118.5
million and stockholders' deficit would have been approximately $82.0 million.
The Company will have no scheduled debt amortization payments under the Notes
until 2004. The New Credit Facility expires in 1999 if not renewed or extended.
The Company will have no other scheduled debt amortization payments until the
Notes mature in 2004. Following consummation of the Offerings, the Company's
principal source of liquidity, other than funds generated from operations, will
be the commitment of up to $50.0 million available for revolving credit loans
and letters of credit under the New Credit Facility.
    
 
   
    The Company's near-term future cash needs will be driven by working capital
requirements, which are likely to increase, and planned capital expenditures.
Capital expenditures are expected to increase from approximately $374,000 in the
first six months of fiscal 1996 to approximately $1.8 million in the second six
months of fiscal 1996, approximately $10.1 million in fiscal 1997 and
approximately $10.4 million in fiscal 1998. Capital expenditures were
approximately $56,000, $772,000 and $1.9 million for fiscal 1993, 1994 and 1995,
respectively. The increased capital investments for fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998
are designated for significant new equipment additions and expenditures of
approximately $3.2 million for new integrated information systems. The primary
benefits of this spending are expected to be (i) the expansion of annual
production capacity by 25% from approximately 20.0 million pounds to
approximately 25.0 million pounds, based on the current product mix, (ii)
improved production quality resulting in lower internal rejection rates and
rework costs and (iii) improved coordination among sales, marketing and
manufacturing personnel resulting in more efficient pricing practices. The
Company does not expect such capital expenditures to have a material adverse
effect on its long term liquidity. Moreover, the Company does not currently have
any significant capital expenditure commitments. The Company expects to fund its
working capital needs and capital expenditures with cash provided from
operations, supplemented by borrowings under the New Credit Facility. The
Company believes these sources of capital will be sufficient to fund these
capital expenditures and working capital requirements, although there can be no
assurance that this will be the case. See "The Recapitalization" and
"Description of Indebtedness--The New Credit Facility."
    
 
   
    Net cash used in operations in the first six months of fiscal 1996 was
approximately $3.6 million, as compared to approximately $4.0 million for the
same period in fiscal 1995. The negative cash flow from operations for the first
six months of fiscal 1996 was primarily a result of increases of approximately
    
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
$4.3 million in inventories and approximately $5.1 million in accounts
receivable, which were offset by non-cash depreciation and amortization expenses
of approximately $4.6 million, positive net income of approximately $256,000, an
increase in the accounts payable and accrued expenses balance of approximately
$1.5 million and other adjustments. Cash used for investment activities declined
from approximately $865,000 in the first six months of fiscal 1995 to
approximately $314,000 in the first six months of fiscal 1996, primarily as a
result of lower capital expenditures. Cash provided by financing activities for
the first six months of fiscal 1996 was approximately $2.5 million due to
increased borrowings under the Existing Credit Facility. Cash for the first six
months of fiscal 1996 decreased approximately $1.5 million, resulting in a March
31, 1996 cash balance of approximately $3.6 million. Cash in the first six
months of fiscal 1995 increased approximately $100,000, resulting in a cash
balance of approximately $5.8 million at March 31, 1995.
 
    Net cash used in operations in fiscal 1995 was approximately $2.9 million,
as compared to approximately $12.8 million in fiscal 1994. Cash used in
operations in fiscal 1995 was primarily a result of a net loss of approximately
$6.8 million, an increase in accounts receivable of approximately $7.4 million
and an increase in inventories of approximately $6.5 million, offset by
depreciation and amortization of approximately $9.6 million, an increase in
accounts payable and accrued expenses of approximately $6.3 million and other
changes in working capital. The ending cash balance at September 30, 1995 was
approximately $5.0 million as compared to approximately $5.7 million at
September 30, 1994.
 
    At March 31, 1996, the Company had net working capital of approximately
$66.3 million as compared to approximately $62.6 million at September 30, 1995
and approximately $60.2 million at September 30, 1994. The increase in working
capital of approximately $3.7 million in the first six months of fiscal 1996 was
a result of increases in accounts receivable and inventories of approximately
$5.1 million and $4.3 million, respectively, offset by an increase of
approximately $1.5 million in accounts payable and accrued expenses, an increase
of approximately $2.5 million in borrowings under the Existing Credit Facility
and an increase of approximately $278,000 in income taxes payable. The increase
in working capital of approximately $2.4 million in fiscal 1995 is a result of
increases in accounts receivable and inventories of approximately $7.6 million
and $6.7 million, respectively, offset by an increase of approximately $6.1
million in accounts payable and accrued expenses, an increase of approximately
$4.3 million in borrowings under the Existing Credit Facility and an increase of
approximately $752,000 in income taxes payable.
 
   
    The Indenture and the New Credit Facility will contain a number of covenants
limiting the Company's access to capital, including covenants that restrict the
ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to (i) incur additional
indebtedness, (ii) make certain restricted payments, (iii) engage in
transactions with affiliates, (iv) create liens on assets, (v) sell assets, (vi)
issue and sell preferred stock of subsidiaries, and (vii) engage in
consolidations, mergers and transfers.
    
 
   
    The Company is currently conducting groundwater monitoring and post-closure
monitoring in connection with certain disposal areas, and has completed an
investigation of eight specifically identified solid waste management units, at
the Kokomo facility. The results of the investigation have been filed with the
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA"). If the EPA or the Indiana
Department of Environmental Management ("IDEM") were to require corrective
action in connection with such disposal areas or solid waste management units,
there can be no assurance that the costs of such corrective action will not have
a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of
operations or liquidity. In addition, the Company has been named as a
potentially responsible party at two waste disposal sites. Although there can be
no assurance, based on current information, the Company believes that its
involvement at these two sites will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Expenses and
capital expenditures related to environmental compliance are expected to be
approximately $3.9 million for fiscal 1996 through fiscal 1998. See
"Business--Environmental Matters." Based on information currently available
    
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
   
to the Company, the Company is not aware of any information which would indicate
that litigation pending against the Company is reasonably likely to have a
material adverse effect on the Company's operations or liquidity. See
"Business--Legal Proceedings."
    
 
INFLATION
 
    The Company believes that inflation has not had a material impact on its
operations.
 
INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
    Section 382 Limitation. At September 30, 1995, the Company had, in addition
to other tax loss attributes, NOLs of approximately $36.8 million available to
reduce regular federal taxable income, which NOLs expire in 2005 through 2010.
For a discussion of a possible reduction of these NOLs as a result of an ongoing
IRS audit, see "Risk Factors--Income Tax Audit" and "Business--Legal
Proceedings."
 
   
    If the Company were to undergo an "ownership change" within the meaning of
Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), the
utilization of NOLs by the Company would be subject to an annual limitation.
Generally, an "ownership change" occurs with respect to a corporation when the
percentage of stock (determined on the basis of value) owned by one or more
holders of at least 5% of such stock ("5% stockholders") has increased by more
than 50 percentage points from the lowest percentage of stock that was owned by
such 5% stockholders at any time during a statutorily prescribed "testing
period." Regulations under Section 382 provide that, in general, investors who
buy stock in a public offering and who each own less than 5% of the issuer's
stock after the offering are treated in the aggregate as a single 5% stockholder
for purposes of determining whether an ownership change has occurred as a result
of the Offering. The Company believes that the sale of the shares of Common
Stock offered hereby will not result in an ownership change, as defined by
Section 382 and the regulations thereunder, that would cause the annual
limitation to apply. However, an ownership change could result from other equity
transactions following the Offering, including transactions such as purchases or
sales of Common Stock by certain stockholders and other issuances of Common
Stock by the Company. If the annual limitation on utilizing NOLs were to apply
to the Company, the amount of the limitation would generally equal the product
of (i) the fair market value of the Company's equity immediately prior to the
ownership change, with certain adjustments, including a possible adjustment to
exclude certain capital contributions made in the two years preceding the date
of the ownership change and (ii) a federal long-term tax exempt rate of return
published monthly by the IRS. The annual limitation on utilizing other tax loss
attributes is dependent upon the annual limitation on utilizing the NOLs. Should
the annual limitation apply, the Company believes that it would not materially
affect the potential use of the NOLs to reduce any future income tax liabilities
for the foreseeable future; however, it is possible that the Company's taxable
income in a particular year could exceed the annual limitation, in which case
such excess would not be reduced by the NOLs and the Company's tax liability
would be correspondingly higher. The foregoing discussion, including with
respect to the Company's beliefs expressed above, has been prepared with the
advice of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., which has acted as special tax advisor to
the Company in connection with this matter.
    
 
   
    The Merger. Based on the tax advice of Coopers & Lybrand, L.L.P., the
Company believes that the Merger will qualify as a tax-free transaction under
Sections 332 and 368(a)(1)(A) of the Code and therefore, not generate any
adverse tax consequences.
    
 
   
    Financial Report--Accounting for Income Taxes. For financial reporting
purposes the Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the
expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the
Company's financial statements or tax returns. SFAS 109 requires a valuation
allowance when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred
tax asset will not be realized. It further states that forming a conclusion that
a valuation allowance is not needed is
    
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
difficult when there is negative evidence such as cumulative losses in recent
years. The ultimate realization of all or part of the Company's deferred tax
assets depends upon the Company's ability to generate sufficient taxable income
in the future.
 
   
    At September 30, 1995, the Company had a net deferred tax asset
approximating $33.2 million consisting principally of temporary differences
relating to available NOLs and postretirement benefits other than pensions
offset by depreciation. Because of unfavorable operating results in recent
years, the Company has established a 100% valuation allowance to eliminate the
net deferred tax asset, resulting in a charge to operations and thereby reducing
equity. The Company will periodically evaluate its strategic business plans in
light of evolving business conditions and actual operating results, and the
valuation allowance may be adjusted for future income expectations resulting
from that process.
    
 
   
    As a result, the application of the SFAS 109 valuation allowance
determination process could result in recognition of significant income tax
provisions or benefits in a single interim or annual period due to actual
operating results and changes in future income expectations over several years.
Such tax provision or benefit effect could be material in the context of the
specific interim or annual financial reporting period in which changes in
judgment about extended future periods are reported. The SFAS 109 valuation
allowance determination process is a balance sheet oriented model and does not
have as its objective the periodic matching of pre-tax income or loss with the
related actual income tax effects.
    
 
   
    The Section 382 limitation described above could, if applicable, limit the
income tax provision or benefit in a particular year as a result of the
application of the SFAS 109 valuation allowance determination process; however,
it is not expected to have an adverse impact over time.
    
 
    If the Company's principal markets continue to exhibit improvement, and such
improvement is manifested in positive trends in the value and profitability of
customer orders and backlog, additional tax benefits may be reported in future
periods as the valuation allowance is reduced. Alternatively, to the extent that
the Company's future profit expectations remain static or are diminished, tax
provisions may be charged against pretax income. In either event, such valuation
allowance-related tax provisions or benefits should not necessarily be viewed as
recurring. Further, subject to the effects, if any, of the Section 382
limitation described above, the amount of current taxes that the Company expects
to pay for the foreseeable future is minimal, and the Company's carryforward tax
attributes are viewed by management as a significant competitive advantage to
the extent that profits can be sheltered effectively from tax and re-employed in
the growth of the business.
 
ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of," is
effective for the year ending September 30, 1996. In the opinion of management,
this statement will not impact the Company's financial position or results of
operations.
 
    Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock
Based Compensation," is effective for the year ending September 30, 1997. The
Company has not decided how it intends to apply the accounting and disclosure
provisions of this statement.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
   
    The Company develops, manufactures and markets technologically advanced,
high performance alloys primarily for use in the aerospace and chemical
processing industries. The Company's products are high temperature alloys and
corrosion resistant alloys. The Company's HTA products are used by manufacturers
of equipment that is subjected to extremely high temperatures, such as jet
engines for the aerospace industry, gas turbine engines used for power
generation, and waste incineration and industrial heating equipment. The
Company's CRA products are used in applications that require resistance to
extreme corrosion, such as chemical processing, power plant emissions control
and hazardous waste treatment. Based on available industry data, the Company
believes that it is one of three leading worldwide producers of high performance
alloy products in sheet, coil and plate forms, which in the aggregate
represented approximately 64% of the Company's net revenues in fiscal 1995. In
addition, the Company produces its alloy products as seamless and welded
tubulars, and in bar, billet and wire forms.
    
 
    High performance alloys are characterized by highly engineered, often
proprietary, metallurgical formulations primarily of nickel, cobalt and other
metals with complex physical properties. The complexity of the manufacturing
process for high performance alloys is reflected in the Company's relatively
high average selling price of approximately $12.18 per pound for fiscal 1995,
compared to the average selling price of other metals such as carbon steel
sheet, stainless steel sheet and aluminum, which currently range from $0.17 to
$1.25 per pound. Demanding end-user specifications, a multi-stage manufacturing
process and the technical sales, marketing and manufacturing expertise required
to develop new applications combine to create significant barriers to entry in
the high performance alloy industry. The Company derived approximately 30% of
its fiscal 1995 net revenues from products that are protected by United States
patents and derived an additional approximately 15% of its fiscal 1995 net
revenues from sales of products that are not patented, but for which the Company
has limited or no competition.
 
CORE COMPETENCIES
 
   
    Based upon its customer relationships in the aerospace and chemical
processing industries, the Company believes it has a leadership position in the
high performance alloy industry and has a strong reputation for quality and
reliability. The Company's core competencies include the following:
    
 
   
    . Metallurgical expertise. With over 50 years of product research and
      development in the high performance alloy industry, the Company believes
      it is a leader in the development and manufacturing technology of nickel-
      and cobalt-based alloys. Over the last seven years, the Company's
      technical programs have yielded seven new proprietary alloys, five of
      which are protected by United States patents. Three additional United
      States patents regarding the new proprietary alloys are pending. The
      Company currently maintains a total of 43 United States patents and
      approximately 180 foreign counterpart patents targeted at countries with
      significant existing or potential markets for the patented products. As a
      result of the Company's research and development efforts, Chemical
      Processing magazine recognized the Company's products five times in the
      last twelve years as having made significant contributions to the chemical
      processing industry.
    
 
    . Technical marketing support. Through the combined efforts of the Company's
      direct sales organization, including its four domestic Company-owned
      service centers and its research and development group, the Company works
      closely with its customers in order to identify, develop and support
      diverse applications for its alloys and to anticipate customers' future
      materials requirements. The Company believes this integrated approach is
      unique in the high performance alloy industry.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
    . Flexible manufacturing capabilities. The Company's four-high Steckel mill,
      in conjunction with its sophisticated, multi-stage, melting and refining
      operation, produces a broad array of sheet, coil and plate products made
      to exacting specifications. The Company also operates a three-high mill
      and a two-high mill that enable the Company to produce small batch orders
      that generally are not practical or economical for competitors to
      manufacture.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
    The Company intends to capitalize on its core competencies to implement its
business strategy, which includes the following principal elements:
 
    Develop new applications for existing alloys. The Company actively seeks to
develop new applications and new market segments for its existing products. The
sales force, in coordination with the research and development staff, works
closely with end-users to identify applications for the Company's existing
products that address its customers' specialized needs. Management believes that
new product applications represent a significant opportunity for revenue growth.
The Company has identified and is pursuing new applications for its alloys,
including applications for the automotive, medical and instrumentation
industries.
 
    Continue customer-driven new product development. The Company emphasizes
customer contact and an awareness of customer needs in its product development
process. The Company believes that new opportunities in end-markets are best
identified through close contact with customers. This approach allows the
Company to focus its research and development efforts and enables the Company's
products to be specified for use in the production of customers' products.
 
   
    Expand export sales. The Company believes there are significant
opportunities to increase its sales in international markets. In fiscal 1995,
approximately 39% of the Company's net revenues were outside the United States,
primarily in European markets where the Company has established sales and
manufacturing facilities. In addition, the Company is pursuing significant
growth opportunities in other regions, particularly the Pacific Rim.
    
 
    Increase productivity through strategic equipment investment. The Company
believes that future investment in plant and equipment will allow it to increase
capacity and produce higher quality products at reduced costs. The
Recapitalization described herein, combined with improved market conditions,
will enable the Company to increase its investment in plant and equipment above
the amounts expended in recent years. See "The Recapitalization." During fiscal
1996 through 1998, the Company anticipates investing approximately $19.5 million
in new plant and equipment and approximately $3.2 million in new integrated
information systems. The principal benefits of these investments are expected to
be (i) the expansion of annual production capacity by 25% from approximately
20.0 million pounds to approximately 25.0 million pounds, based on the current
product mix, (ii) improved production quality resulting in lower internal
rejection rates and rework costs and (iii) improved coordination among sales,
marketing and manufacturing personnel resulting in more efficient pricing
practices.
 
PRODUCTS
 
    The alloy market consists of four primary segments: stainless steel, super
stainless steel, nickel alloys and high performance alloys. The Company competes
exclusively in the high performance alloy segment, which includes HTA and CRA
products. The Company believes that the high performance alloy segment
represents less than 10% of the total alloy market. In fiscal 1995, HTA products
and CRA products accounted for 55% and 45%, respectively, of the Company's net
revenues.
 
    HTA products are used primarily in manufacturing components used in the hot
sections of jet engines. Stringent safety and performance standards in the
aerospace industry result in development lead times typically as long as eight
to ten years in the introduction of new aerospace-related market
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
applications for HTA products. However, once a particular new alloy is shown to
possess the properties required for a specific application in the aerospace
industry, it tends to remain in use for extended periods. HTA products are also
used in gas turbine engines produced for use in applications such as naval and
commercial vessels, electric power generators, power sources for offshore
drilling platforms, gas pipeline booster stations and emergency standby power
stations.
 
    CRA products are used in a variety of applications, such as chemical
processing, power plant emissions control, hazardous waste treatment and sour
gas production. Historically, the chemical processing industry has represented
the largest end user segment for CRA products. Due to maintenance, safety and
environmental considerations, management of the Company believes this industry
represents an area of potential long-term growth for the Company. Unlike
aerospace applications within the HTA product market, the development of new
market applications for CRA products generally does not require long lead times.
 
    High Temperature Alloys. The following table sets forth information with
respect to certain of the Company's significant high temperature alloys:
 
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                               END MARKETS AND APPLICATIONS
ALLOY AND YEAR INTRODUCED      (1)                            FEATURES
- -----------------------------  -----------------------------  -----------------------------
<S>                            <C>                            <C>
Haynes HR-160 (1990) (2)       Waste incineration/CPI-boiler  Good resistance to
                               tube shields                   sulfidation at high
                                                              temperatures
Haynes 242 (1990) (2)          Aero-seal rings                High strength, low expansion
                                                              and good fabricability
Haynes HR-120 (1990) (2)       Industrial                     Good strength-to-cost ratio
                               heating-heat-treating baskets  as compared to competing
                                                              alloys
Haynes 230 (1984) (2)          Aero/LBGT-ducting              Good combination of strength,
                                                              stability, oxidation
                                                              resistance and fabricability
Haynes 214 (1981) (2)          Aero-honeycomb seals           Good combination of oxidation
                                                              resistance and fabricability
                                                              among nickel-based alloys
Haynes 188 (1968)              Aero-burner cans,              High strength, oxidation
                               after-burner components        resistant cobalt-based alloy
Haynes 625 (1964)              Aero/CPI-ducting, tanks,       Good fabricability and
                               vessels, weld overlays         general corrosion resistance
Haynes 263 (1960)              Aero/LBGT-components for gas   Good ductibility and high
                               turbine hot gas exhaust pan    strength at temperatures up
                                                              to 1,600 deg. F
Haynes 718 (1955)              Aero-ducting, vanes, nozzles   Weldable high strength alloy
                                                              with good fabricability
Hastelloy X (1954)             Aero/LBGT-burner cans,         Good high temperature
                               transition ducts               strength at relatively low
                                                              cost
Haynes Ti3-2.5 (1950)          Aero-aircraft hydraulic and    Light weight, high strength
                               fuel systems components        titanium-based alloy
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) "Aero" refers to aerospace; "LBGT" refers to land-based gas turbines; "CPI"
    refers to the chemical processing industry.
 
(2) Represents a patented product or a product with respect to which the Company
    believes it has limited or no competition.
 
    The higher volume HTA products, including Haynes 625, Haynes 718 and
Hastelloy X, are generally considered industry standards, especially in the
manufacture of aircraft and LBGT. These products have been used in such
applications since the 1950s and because of their widespread use have been most
subject to competitive pricing pressures. In fiscal 1995, sales of these HTA
products accounted for 22% of the Company's net revenues.
 
    The Company also produces and sells cobalt-based alloys introduced over the
last three decades, which are more highly specialized and less price competitive
than nickel-based alloys. Haynes 188 and Haynes 263 are the most widely used of
the Company's cobalt-based products and accounted for 8% of the Company's net
revenues in fiscal 1995. Three of the more recently introduced HTA products,
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
Haynes 242, Haynes 230 and Haynes 214, initially developed for the aerospace and
LBGT markets, are still patent-protected and together accounted for 6% of the
Company's net revenues in fiscal 1995. These newer alloys are gaining acceptance
for applications in industrial heating and waste incineration.
 
    Haynes HR-160 and Haynes HR-120 were introduced in fiscal 1990 and targeted
for sale in industrial heat treating applications. Haynes HR-160 is a higher
priced cobalt-based alloy designed for use when the need for long-term
performance outweighs initial cost considerations. Potential applications for
Haynes HR-160 include use in key components in waste incinerators, chemical
processing equipment, mineral processing kilns and fossil fuel energy plants.
Haynes HR-120 is a lower priced, iron-based alloy and is designed to replace
competitive alloys not manufactured by the Company that may be slightly lower in
price but also less effective. In fiscal 1995, these two alloys accounted for 5%
of the Company's net revenues.
 
    The Company also produces seamless titanium tubing for use as hydraulic
lines in airframes and as bicycle frames. During fiscal 1995, sales of these
products accounted for 4% of the Company's net revenues.
 
    Corrosion Resistant Alloys. The following table sets forth information with
respect to certain of the Company's significant corrosion resistant alloys:
 
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                               END MARKETS AND APPLICATIONS
ALLOY AND YEAR INTRODUCED      (1)                            FEATURES
- -----------------------------  -----------------------------  -----------------------------
<S>                            <C>                            <C>
Hastelloy C-2000 (1995) (2)    CPI-tanks, mixers, piping      Versatile alloy with good
                                                              resistance to uniform
                                                              corrosion
Hastelloy B-3 (1994) (2)       CPI-acetic acid plants         Better fabrication
                                                              characteristics compared to
                                                              other nickel-molybdenum
                                                              alloys
Hastelloy D-205 (1993) (2)     CPI-plate heat exchangers      Corrosion resistance to hot
                                                              sulfuric acid
Ultimet (1990) (2)             CPI-pumps, vales               Wear and corrosion resistant
                                                              nickel-based alloy
Hastelloy G-50 (1989) (2)      Oil and gas-sour gas tubulars  Good resistance to down hole
                                                              corrosive environments
Hastelloy C-22 (1985) (2)      CPI/FGD-tanks, mixers, piping  Resistance to localized
                                                              corrosion and pitting
Hastelloy G-30 (1985) (2)      CPI-tanks, mixers, piping      Lower cost alloy with good
                                                              corrosion resistance in
                                                              phosphoric acid
Hastelloy B-2 (1974)           CPI-acetic acid                Resistance to hydrochloric
                                                              acid and other reducing acids
Hastelloy C-4 (1973)           CPI-tanks, mixers, piping      Good thermal stability
Hastelloy C-276 (1968)         CPI/FGD/oil and gas-tanks,     Broad resistance to many
                               mixers, piping                 environments
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) "CPI" refers to the chemical processing industry; "FGD" refers to flue gas
    desulfurization.
 
(2) Represents a patented product or a product with respect to which the Company
    believes it has limited or no competition.
 
    During fiscal 1995, sales of the CRA alloys Hastelloy C-276, Hastelloy C-22
and Hastelloy C-4 accounted for approximately 31% of the Company's net revenues.
Hastelloy C-276, introduced by the Company in 1968, is widely recognized as a
standard for corrosion protection in the chemical processing industry and is
also used extensively for FGD and oil and gas exploration and production
applications. Hastelloy C-22, a proprietary alloy of the Company, was introduced
in 1985 as an improvement on Hastelloy C-276 and is currently sold to the
chemical processing and FGD markets for essentially the same applications as
Hastelloy C-276. Hastelloy C-22 offers greater and more versatile corrosion
resistance and therefore has gained market share at the expense of the
non-proprietary Hastelloy C-276. Hastelloy C-22's improved corrosion resistance
has led to increased sales in semiconductor gas handling systems, pharmaceutical
manufacturing and waste treatment applications. Hastelloy C-4 is
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
specified in many chemical processing applications in Germany and is sold almost
exclusively to that market.
 
    The Company also produces alloys for more specialized applications in the
chemical processing industry and other industries. For example, Hastelloy B-2
was introduced in 1970 for use in the manufacture of equipment utilized in the
production of acetic acid and ethyl benzine and is still sold almost exclusively
for those purposes. Due to its limited use and difficult manufacturing process,
there is little competition for sales of this material. Hastelloy B-3 was
developed for the same applications and has superior properties, as well as
greater ease in fabrication. The Company expects Hastelloy B-3 to eventually
replace Hastelloy B-2. Hastelloy G-30 is used primarily in the production of
superphosphoric acid and fluorinated aromatics. Hastelloy G-50 has gained
acceptance as a lower priced alternative to Hastelloy C-276 for production of
tubing for use in sour gas wells. These more specialized products accounted for
approximately 10% of the Company's net revenues in fiscal 1995.
 
    The Company's patented Ultimet is used in a variety of industrial
applications that result in material degradation by "corrosion-wear." Ultimet is
designed for applications where conditions require resistance to corrosion and
wear and is currently being tested in spray nozzles, fan blades, filters, bolts,
rolls, pump and valve parts where these properties are critical. Hastelloy
D-205, introduced in 1993, is designed for use in handling hot concentrated
sulfuric acid and other highly corrosive substances.
 
   
    The Company believes that its most recently introduced alloy, Hastelloy
C-2000, which is designed to improve upon Hastelloy C-22, provides better
overall corrosion resistance and versatility than any other readily available
CRA. Hastelloy C-2000, which the Company expects will be used extensively in the
chemical processing industry, can be used in both oxidizing and reducing
environments.
    
 
END MARKETS
 
   
    Aerospace. The Company has maintained a leading position in the aerospace
market for HTA products since it entered the market in the late 1930s, as
evidenced by the Company's development of numerous proprietary alloys for and
numerous customers in this market. The Company sold products to approximately
400 customers in this segment in fiscal 1995, and no one customer accounted for
more than 2% of the Company's net revenues. Representative aerospace customers
include General Electric Company, Rolls-Royce plc, Pratt & Whitney and SNECMA
Group.
    
 
    Customers in the aerospace markets tend to be the most demanding with
respect to meeting specifications within very low tolerances and achieving new
product performance standards. Stringent safety standards and continuous efforts
to reduce equipment weight require close coordination between the Company and
its customers in the selection and development of HTA products. As a result,
sales to aerospace customers tend to be made through the Company's direct sales
force. Unlike the FGD and oil and gas production industries, where large,
competitively bid projects can have a significant impact on demand and prices,
demand for the Company's products in the aerospace industry is based on the new
and replacement market for jet engines and the maintenance needs of operators of
commercial and military aircraft. The hot sections of jet engines are subjected
to substantial wear and tear and accordingly require periodic maintenance and
replacement. This maintenance-based demand, while potentially volatile, is
generally less subject to wide fluctuations than demand in the FGD and sour gas
production industries.
 
   
    Chemical Processing. The chemical processing industry segment represents a
large base of customers with diverse CRA applications. The Company sells its CRA
products to hundreds of chemical processing customers worldwide and no one
customer in this industry accounted for over 2% of the Company's net revenues in
fiscal 1995. Representative customers include E.I. DuPont de Nemours
    
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
   
and Co. and Alfa Laval Thermal A.B. CRA products supplied by the Company have
been used in the chemical processing industry since the early 1930s.
    
 
    Demand for the Company's products in this industry is based on the level of
maintenance, repair and expansion of existing chemical processing facilities as
well as the construction of new facilities. The Company believes the extensive
worldwide network of Company-owned service centers and independent distributors
is a competitive advantage in marketing its CRA products to this market. Sales
of the Company's products in the chemical processing industry tend to be more
stable than the aerospace, FGD and oil and gas markets. Increased concerns
regarding the reliability of chemical processing facilities, their potential
environmental impact and safety hazards to their personnel have led to an
increased demand for more sophisticated alloys, such as the Company's CRA
products.
 
   
    Land-Based Gas Turbines. The LBGT industry represents a growing market, with
demand for the Company's products driven by the construction of cogeneration
facilities and electric utilities operating electric generating facilities.
Demand for the Company's alloys in the LBGT industry has also been driven by
concerns regarding lowering emissions from generating facilities powered by
fossil fuels. LBGT generating facilities are gaining acceptance as clean,
low-cost alternatives to fossil fuel-fired electric generating facilities.
Significant customers include Asea Brown Boveri, A.G. (ABB), General Electric
Company and Westinghouse Electric Corporation.
    
 
   
    Flue Gas Desulfurization. The FGD industry has been driven by both
legislated and self-imposed standards for lowering emissions from fossil
fuel-fired electric generating facilities. In the United States, the Clean Air
Act mandates a two-phase program aimed at significantly reducing SO2 emissions
from electric generating facilities powered by fossil fuels by 2000. Canada and
its provinces have also set goals to reduce emissions of SO2 over the next
several years. Phase I of the Clean Air Act program affected approximately 100
steam-generating plants representing 261 operating units fueled by fossil fuels,
primarily coal. Of these 261 units, 25 units were retrofitted with FGD systems
while the balance opted mostly for switching to low sulfur coal to achieve
compliance. The market for FGD systems peaked in 1992 at approximately $1.1
billion, and then dropped sharply in 1993 to a level of approximately $174.0
million due to a curtailment of activity associated with Phase I. Phase II
compliance begins in 2000 and affects 785 generating plants with more than 2,100
operating units. Options available under the Clean Air Act to bring the targeted
facilities into compliance with Phase II SO2 emissions requirements include fuel
switching, clean coal technologies, purchase of SO2 allowances, closure of
facilities and off-gas scrubbing utilizing FGD technology. Significant FGD
customers include PSI Energy, Inc., Louisville Gas and Electric Company and
Houston Lighting and Power Company.
    
 
    Oil and Gas. The Company also sells its products for use in the oil and gas
industry, primarily in connection with sour gas production. Sour gas contains
extremely corrosive materials and is produced under high pressure, necessitating
the use of corrosion resistant materials. The demand for sour gas tubulars is
driven by the rate of development of sour gas fields. The factors influencing
the development of sour gas fields include the price of natural gas and the need
to commence drilling in order to protect leases that have been purchased from
either the federal or state governments. As a result, competing oil companies
often place orders for the Company's products at approximately the same time,
adding volatility to the market. This market was very active in 1991, especially
in the offshore sour gas fields in the Gulf of Mexico, but demand for the
Company's products declined significantly thereafter. More recently there has
been less drilling activity and more use of lower performing alloys, which
together have resulted in intense price competition. Demand for the Company's
products in the oil and gas industry is tied to the global demand for natural
gas.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
    Other Markets. In addition to the industries described above, the Company
also targets a variety of other markets. Other industries to which the Company
sells its HTA products include waste incineration, industrial heat treating,
automotive and instrumentation. Other industries to which the Company sells its
CRA products include automotive, medical and instrumentation. Demand in these
markets for many of the Company's lower volume proprietary alloys has grown in
recent periods. For example, incineration of municipal, biological, industrial
and hazardous waste products typically produces very corrosive conditions that
demand high performance alloys. Markets capable of providing growth are being
driven by increasing performance, reliability and service life requirements for
products used in these markets which could provide further applications for the
Company's products.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
    Providing technical assistance to customers is an important part of the
Company's marketing strategy. The Company provides analyses of its products and
those of its competitors for its customers. These analyses enable the Company to
evaluate the performance of its products and to make recommendations as to the
substitution of Company products for other products in appropriate applications,
enabling the Company's products to be specified for use in the production of
customers' products. The market development engineers, six of whom have doctoral
degrees in metallurgy, are assisted by the research and development staff in
directing the sales force to new opportunities. The Company believes its
combination of direct sales, technical marketing and research and development
customer support is unique in the high performance alloy industry. This activity
allows the Company to obtain direct insight into customers' alloy needs and
allows the Company to develop novel proprietary alloys that provide solutions to
customers' problems.
 
    The Company sells its products primarily through its direct sales
organization, which includes four domestic Company-owned service centers, three
wholly-owned European subsidiaries and sales agents serving the Pacific Rim who
operate on a commission basis. Approximately 73% of the Company's net revenues
in fiscal 1995 was generated by the Company's direct sales organization. The
remaining 27% of the Company's fiscal 1995 net revenues was generated by
independent distributors and licensees in the United States, Europe and Japan,
some of whom have been associated with the Company for over 25 years. The
following table sets forth the approximate percentage of the Company's fiscal
1995 net revenues obtained through each of the Company's distribution channels.
 
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                         DOMESTIC    FOREIGN    TOTAL
                                                         --------    -------    -----
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>        <C>
Company sales office/direct...........................      31%         13%       44%
Company-owned service centers.........................      12          17        29
Independent distributors/sales agents.................      18           9        27
                                                            --          --
                                                                                -----
    Total.............................................      61%         39%      100%
                                                            --          --
                                                            --          --
                                                                                -----
                                                                                -----
</TABLE>
 
    A specific field sales person is assigned to maintain contact with each
account. Internal marketing and inside sales personnel support the field sales
organization and also maintain direct contact with customers. Sales management
personnel also retain some direct sales responsibility. Smaller orders that are
maintenance related are usually supplied from either the Company-owned service
centers or independent distributors. Such distributors usually have their own
sales staffs and, although some represent other suppliers, most purchase the
majority of their alloys from the Company. As with major accounts, a specific
sales representative is assigned to each major distributor. The Company believes
its sales force's extensive contact with its customers is more effective than
less direct marketing approaches.
 
    The top twenty customers not affiliated with the Company accounted for
approximately 37% of the Company's net revenues in fiscal 1995. Sales to
Spectrum Metals, Inc. and Rolled Alloys, Inc., which are affiliated with each
other, accounted for 11.7% of the Company's net revenues in fiscal 1995. No
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
other customer of the Company accounted for more than 10% of the Company's net
revenues in fiscal 1995.
 
    The Company's foreign and export sales were approximately $53.4 million,
$55.7 million and $79.6 million for fiscal 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively,
and approximately $44.6 million for the first six months of fiscal 1996.
Additional information concerning foreign operations and export sales is set
forth in Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements appearing
elsewhere herein.
 
MANUFACTURING PROCESS
 
    High performance alloys require a lengthier, more complex melting process
and are more difficult to manufacture than lower performance alloys, such as
stainless steels. The alloying elements in high performance alloys must be
highly refined, and the manufacturing process must be tightly controlled to
produce precise chemical properties. The resulting alloyed material is more
difficult to process because, by design, it is more resistant to deformation.
Consequently, high performance alloys require that greater force be applied when
hot or cold working and are less susceptible to reduction or thinning when
rolling or forging, resulting in more cycles of rolling, annealing and pickling
than a lower performance alloy to achieve proper dimensions. Certain alloys may
undergo as many as 40 distinct stages of melting, remelting, annealing, forging,
rolling and pickling over a period of weeks before they achieve the
specifications required by a customer. The Company manufactures products in
sheet, plate, tubular, billet, bar and wire forms, which represented 46%, 24%,
13%, 11%, 4% and 2%, respectively, of total volume sold in fiscal 1995 (after
giving effect to the conversion of billet to bar by the Company's U.K.
subsidiary).
 
    The manufacturing process begins with raw materials being combined, melted
and refined in a precise manner to produce the chemical composition specified
for each alloy. For most alloys, this molten material is cast into electrodes
and additionally refined through electroslag remelting. The resulting ingots are
then forged or rolled to an intermediate shape and size depending upon the
intended final product. Intermediate shapes destined for flat products are then
sent through a series of hot and cold rolling, annealing and pickling operations
before being cut to final size.
 
    The Argon Oxygen Decarburization ("AOD") gas controls in the Company's
primary melt facility remove carbon and other undesirable elements, thereby
allowing more tightly-controlled chemistries which in turn produce more
consistent properties in the alloys. The AOD gas control system also allows for
statistical process control monitoring in real time to improve product quality.
 
    The Company has a four-high Steckel mill for use in hot rolling material.
The four-high mill was installed in 1982 at a cost of approximately $60.0
million and is one of only two such mills in the high performance alloy
industry. The mill is capable of generating approximately 12.0 million pounds of
separating force and rolling plate up to 72 inches wide. The mill includes
integrated computer controls (with automatic gauge control and programmed
rolling schedules), two coiling Steckel furnaces and five heating furnaces.
Computer-controlled rolling schedules for each of the hundreds of combinations
of alloy shapes and sizes the Company produces allow the mill to roll numerous
widths and gauges to exact specifications without stoppages or changeovers.
 
    The Company also operates a three-high rolling mill and a two-high rolling
mill, each of which is capable of custom processing much smaller quantities of
material than the four-high mill. These mills provide the Company with
significant flexibility in running smaller batches of varied products in
response to customer requirements. The Company believes the flexibility provided
by the three-high and two-high mills gives the Company an advantage over its
major competitors in obtaining smaller specialty orders.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
BACKLOG
 
    As of March 31, 1996, the Company's backlog orders aggregated approximately
$61.9 million, compared to approximately $49.9 million at September 30, 1995,
and approximately $41.5 million at September 30, 1994. The increase in backlog
orders is primarily due to an increase in orders for chemical processing and
aerospace products worldwide. Substantially all orders in the backlog at March
31, 1996 are expected to be shipped within the twelve months beginning April 1,
1996. Due to the cyclical nature of order entry experienced by the Company,
there can be no assurance that order entry will continue at current levels. See
"Risk Factors--Industry Cyclicality; Fluctuations in Operating Results" and
"Risk Factors--Competition." The historical and current backlog amounts shown in
the following table are also indicative of relative demand over the past few
years.
 
   
                                 HAYNES BACKLOG
                             AT FISCAL QUARTER END
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
    
 
    The omitted bar graph depicts the approximate amount of backlog orders the 
Company had at the end of each quarter in fiscal 1993, 1994, 1995 and the end
of the first three quarters in fiscal 1996.1


 
RAW MATERIALS
 
    Nickel is the primary material used in the Company's alloys. Each pound of
alloy contains, on average, 0.48 pounds of nickel. Other raw materials include
cobalt, chromium, molybdenum and tungsten. Melt materials consist of virgin raw
material, purchased scrap and internally produced scrap. The significant sources
of cobalt are the countries of Zambia, Zaire and Russia; all other raw materials
used by the Company are available from a number of alternative sources.
 
   
    Since most of the Company's products are produced to specific orders, the
Company purchases materials against known production schedules. Materials are
purchased from several different suppliers, through consignment arrangements,
annual contracts and spot purchases. These arrangements involve a variety of
pricing mechanisms, but the Company generally can establish selling prices with
reference to known costs of materials, thereby reducing the risk associated with
changes in the cost of raw materials. The Company maintains a policy of pricing
its products at the time of order placement. As a result, rapidly escalating raw
material costs during the period between the time the Company receives an order
and the time the Company purchases the raw materials used to fill such order,
which has averaged approximately 30 days in recent months, can negatively affect
profitability even though the high performance alloy industry has generally been
able to pass raw material price increases through to its customers.
    
 
    Raw material costs account for a significant portion of the Company's cost
of sales. The prices of the Company's products are based in part on the cost of
raw materials, a significant portion of which is
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
nickel. The Company covers approximately half its open market exposure to nickel
price changes through hedging activities through the London Metals Exchange. See
"Risk Factors--Raw Materials Price Fluctuations." The following table sets forth
the average per pound prices for nickel as reported by the London Metals
Exchange for the fiscal years indicated.
 
                  YEAR ENDED
                SEPTEMBER 30,                    AVERAGE PRICE
- ----------------------------------------------   -------------
   1988.......................................       $    4.12
   1989.......................................            5.77
   1990.......................................            4.29
   1991.......................................            4.21
   1992.......................................            3.48
   1993.......................................            2.53
   1994.......................................            2.54
   1995.......................................            3.66
 
RESEARCH AND TECHNICAL DEVELOPMENT
 
    The Company believes it is a leader in the development and manufacturing
technology of nickel-and cobalt-based alloys. As of March 31, 1996, the research
and technical development staff consisted of 35 persons, 14 of whom have
engineering or science degrees, including six with doctoral degrees, with the
majority of degrees in the field of metallurgical engineering.
 
    Research and technical development costs relate to efforts to develop new
proprietary alloys, to improve current or develop new manufacturing methods, to
provide technical service to customers, to maintain quality assurance methods
and to provide metallurgical training to engineer and non-engineer employees.
The Company spent approximately $3.6 million, $3.6 million, $3.0 million and
$1.7 million for research and technical development activities for fiscal 1993,
1994 and 1995 and for the first six months of fiscal 1996, respectively.
 
    In the research area, exploratory alloy development projects are focused on
new CRA products for hydrofluoric and phosphoric acid service. The research and
technical group is also preparing for volume production of a new alloy,
Hastelloy C-2000, to be used as a construction material in the chemical
processing industry. Engineering projects include manufacturing process
development, welding development and application support for two large volume
projects involving the LBGT and steelmaking industries. The Company is also
developing a computerized database management system to better manage its
corrosion, high temperature and mechanical property data.
 
    The Company's research facilities are located at the Company's Kokomo
facility and consist of 90,000 square feet of offices and laboratories, as well
as an additional 90,000 square feet of paved storage area. The Company has ten
fully equipped laboratories, including a mechanical test lab, a metallographic
lab, an electron microscopy lab, a corrosion lab and a high temperature lab,
among others. These facilities also contain a reduced scale, fully equipped melt
shop and process lab.
 
    Over the last seven years, the Company's technical programs have yielded
seven new proprietary alloys and seven United States patents, with an additional
three United States patent applications pending. The Company currently maintains
a total of 43 United States patents and approximately 180 foreign counterpart
patents targeted at countries with significant or potential markets for the
patented products. In fiscal 1995, approximately 30% of the Company's net
revenues was derived from the sale of patented products and an additional 39%
was derived from the sale of products for which patents formerly held by the
Company had expired. While the Company believes its patents are important to its
competitive position, significant barriers to entry continue to exist beyond the
expiration of any patent period. Five of the alloys considered by management to
be of future commercial significance, Ultimet,
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
Hastelloy C-22, Haynes 230, Hastelloy G-30 and Hastelloy G-50, are protected by
United States patents that continue until the years 2008, 2002, 2001, 2000 and
1996, respectively.
 
COMPETITION
 
   
    The high performance alloy market is a highly competitive market in which
eight to ten producers participate in various product forms. The Company faces
strong competition from domestic and foreign manufacturers of both the Company's
high performance alloys and other competing metals. The Company's primary
competitors include Inco Alloys International, Inc., a subsidiary of Inco
Limited, Allegheny Ludlum Corporation and Krupp VDM GmbH. Prior to fiscal 1994,
this competition, coupled with declining demand in several of the Company's key
markets, had led to significant erosion in the price for certain of the
Company's products. The Company may face additional competition in the future to
the extent new materials are developed, such as plastics or ceramics, that may
be substituted for the Company's products. See "Risk Factors--Competition."
    
 
EMPLOYEES
 
   
    As of March 31, 1996, the Company had approximately 910 employees. All
eligible hourly employees at the Kokomo plant are covered by a collective
bargaining agreement with the United Steelworkers of America ("USWA") which was
ratified on June 11, 1996 and which expires on June 11, 1999. As of June 30,
1996, 487 employees at the Kokomo facility were covered by the collective
bargaining agreement. The Company has not experienced a strike at the Kokomo
plant since 1967. None of the employees of the Company's Arcadia or Openshaw
plants are represented by a labor union. Management considers its employee
relations in each of the facilities to be satisfactory.
    
 
PROPERTIES
 
    The Company's facilities, each of which is owned by the Company, and the
products provided at each facility, are as follows:
 
        Kokomo, Indiana--all product forms, other than tubular goods.
 
        Arcadia, Louisiana--welded and seamless tubular goods.
 
        Openshaw, England--bar and billet for the European market.
 
    The Kokomo plant, the primary production facility, is located on
approximately 236 acres of industrial property and includes over one million
square feet of building space. There are three sites consisting of a
headquarters and research lab; melting and annealing furnaces, forge press and
several hot mills; and the four-high mill and sheet product cold working
equipment, including two cold strip mills. All alloys and product forms other
than tubular goods are produced in Kokomo.
 
    The Arcadia plant consists of approximately 42 acres of land and over
135,000 square feet of buildings on a single site. Arcadia uses feedstock
produced in Kokomo to fabricate welded and seamless alloy pipe and tubing and
purchases extruded tube hollows to produce seamless titanium tubing.
Manufacturing processes at Arcadia require cold pilger mills, weld mills, draw
benches, annealing furnaces and pickling facilities.
 
    The Openshaw plant, located near Manchester, England, consists of
approximately 15 acres of land and over 200,000 square feet of buildings on a
single site. The plant produces bar and billet using billets produced in Kokomo
as feedstock. Additionally, products not competitive with the Company's products
are processed for third parties. The processes require hot rotary forges, bar
mills and miscellaneous straightening, turning and cutting equipment.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
    Although capacity can be limited from time to time by certain production
processes, the Company believes that its existing facilities will provide
sufficient capacity for current demand.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
   
    In Leslie Baxter, et. al. vs. Haynes International, Inc. and Haynes Group
Insurance Plan, filed July 6, 1995 in the U.S. District Court, Southern District
of Indiana, Indianapolis Division, retirees and the surviving spouse of a
retiree filed suit on behalf of themselves and similarly situated retirees and
surviving spouses for restoration of the retiree health insurance to benefit
levels prevailing before the reduction of those benefit levels on January 1,
1995 and to maintain the restored insurance benefit levels for the lives of the
covered retirees and their surviving spouses. The suit also seeks judgment in
damages for the benefits that have been lost as a result of the January 1, 1995
reductions in benefit levels and for the medical expenses, premiums paid and
other damages incurred, including reasonable attorneys' fees and costs of
maintaining the suit. This lawsuit is in the very early stages of discovery, and
the Company is not able at this time to assess the likelihood that or the extent
to which this lawsuit could have an impact on the Company's financial position
or operations. The Company intends to vigorously defend against the claims.
    
 
   
    In addition to the foregoing proceeding, on October 19, 1995 at the
conclusion of an audit by the IRS of the Company's tax returns for the five
taxable years ending September 30, 1993 (the "Years in Issue"), the IRS proposed
to disallow deductions claimed by the Company during the Years in Issue in an
amount aggregating approximately $5.5 million. These deductions represent the
amortization of loan fees in the original aggregate amount of approximately
$10.4 million incurred in connection with the 1989 Acquisition. The loan fees
are being amortized over a 10-year period ending in 1999. In addition to
proposed disallowance of the deductions claimed during the Years in Issue, the
IRS' position, if sustained, would prohibit amortization deductions for the
years following the Years in Issue in an aggregate amount of approximately $4.8
million. The Company filed a formal protest to the IRS' proposed disallowance on
March 25, 1996, and intends to challenge the IRS with respect to the proposed
disallowance. Even if the deductions in question are disallowed, the Company
does not expect it will be required to pay any significant amount of additional
federal income tax with respect to the Years in Issue, although the Company's
NOLs as of September 30, 1995 would be reduced by approximately $7.6 million. In
addition, if the IRS' position with respect to the deductions at issue is
sustained, the Company's taxable income for its current taxable year and future
taxable years might be increased by up to approximately $10.4 million (the total
amount of loan fees which the Company would be prevented from deducting), in
which case the Company's federal income tax liability for those years would be
increased. See "Risk Factors--Income Tax Audit."
    
 
    The Company also is involved in other routine litigation incidental to the
conduct of its business, none of which is believed by management to be material.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
   
    The Company's facilities and operations are subject to certain foreign,
federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of
human health and the environment, including those governing the discharge of
pollutants into the environment and the storage, handling, use, treatment and
disposal of hazardous substances and wastes. Violations of these laws and
regulations can result in the imposition of substantial penalties and can
require facilities improvements. In addition, the Company may be required in the
future to comply with certain regulations pertaining to the emission of
hazardous air pollutants under the Clean Air Act. However, since these
regulations have not been proposed or promulgated, the Company cannot predict
the cost, if any, associated with compliance with such regulations. Capital
expenditures and other expenses related to environmental compliance are expected
to be approximately $3.9 million for fiscal year 1996 through fiscal year 1998.
Although there can be no assurance, based upon current information available to
the Company, the Company does not
    
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
   
expect that costs of environmental contingencies, individually or in the
aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
condition, results of operations or liquidity.
    
 
   
    The Company's facilities are subject to periodic inspection by various
regulatory authorities, who from time to time have issued findings of violations
of governing laws, regulations and permits. In the past five years, the Company
has paid administrative fines, none of which has exceeded $50,000, for alleged
violations relating to environmental matters, including the handling and storage
of hazardous wastes, and record keeping requirements relating to, and handling
of, polychlorinated biphenyls ("PCBs"). Although the Company does not believe
that similar regulatory or enforcement actions would have a material impact on
its operations, there can be no assurance that violations will not be alleged or
will not result in the assessment of additional penalties in the future.
    
 
    The Company has received permits from IDEM and EPA to close and to provide
post-closure monitoring and care for certain areas at the Kokomo facility used
for the storage and disposal of wastes, some of which are classified as
hazardous under applicable regulations. The closure project, essentially
complete, entailed installation of a clay liner under the disposal areas, a
leachate collection system and a clay cap and revegetation of the site.
Construction was completed in May 1994 and a closure certification has been
filed with IDEM. Thereafter, the Company will be required to monitor groundwater
and to continue post-closure maintenance of the former disposal areas. The
Company is aware of elevated levels of certain contaminants in the groundwater.
The Company believes that some or all of these contaminants may have migrated
from a nearby superfund site. If it is determined that the disposal areas have
impacted the groundwater underlying the Kokomo facility, additional corrective
action by the Company could be required. The Company is unable to estimate the
costs of such action, if any. There can be no assurance, however, that the costs
of future corrective action would not have a material effect on the Company's
financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Additionally, it is
possible that the Company could be required to obtain permits and undertake
other closure projects and post-closure commitments for any other waste
management unit determined to exist at the facility.
 
    As a condition of these closure and post-closure permits, the Company must
provide and maintain assurances to IDEM and EPA of the Company's financial
responsibility and capability to satisfy closure and post-closure requirements,
including possible future corrective action as necessary. On April 30, 1991,
IDEM issued a Notice of Inadequacy relating to the financial assurance
requirements for the former disposal areas. An Agreed Order dated July 2, 1992
was entered into between the Company and the IDEM in resolution of this Notice
of Inadequacy, and IDEM notified the Company on September 1, 1992 that it was in
compliance with the terms of that Agreed Order. The Company paid a civil penalty
of $50,000 provided for by the Agreed Order.
 
    The Company has completed an investigation, pursuant to a work plan approved
by the EPA, of eight specifically identified solid waste management units at the
Kokomo facility. Results of this investigation have been filed with the EPA.
Based on the results of this investigation compared to Indiana's Tier II
clean-up goals, the Company believes that no further actions will be necessary.
Until the EPA reviews the results, the Company is unable to determine whether
further corrective action will be required or, if required, whether it will have
a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of
operations or liquidity.
 
    The Company may also incur liability for alleged environmental damages
associated with the off-site transportation and disposal of its wastes. The
Company's operations generate hazardous wastes, and while a large percentage of
these wastes are reclaimed or recycled, the Company also accumulates hazardous
wastes at each of its facilities for subsequent transportation and disposal
off-site by third parties. Generators of hazardous waste transported to disposal
sites where environmental problems are alleged to exist are subject to claims
under CERCLA, and state counterparts. CERCLA imposes strict, joint and several
liability for investigatory and cleanup costs upon waste generators, site owners
and operators and other "potentially responsible parties" ("PRPs"). Based on its
prior shipment of waste oil
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
   
contaminated with PCBs, the Company is one of approximately 700 PRPs in
connection with the cleanup of PCB contamination at the Rose Chemical site in
Missouri. The Company has contributed over $130,000 towards the private cleanup
currently being implemented by a group of many of these PRPs, approximately
$52,000 of which has been refunded, and does not anticipate that further
significant expenditures by the Company will be required in connection with this
site. Based on its prior shipment of certain hydraulic fluid, the Company is one
of approximately 300 PRPs in connection with the proposed cleanup of the
Fisher-Calo site in Indiana. The PRPs have negotiated a Consent Decree
implementing a remedial design/remedial action plan ("RD/RA") for the site with
the EPA. The Company has paid approximately $138,000 as its share of the total
estimated cost of the RD/RA under the Consent Decree. Based on information
available to the Company concerning the status of the cleanup efforts at the
Rose Chemical and Fisher-Calo sites, the large number of PRPs at each site and
the prior payments made by the Company in connection with these sites,
management does not expect the Company's involvement in these sites to have a
material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations or
liquidity of the Company. The Company may have generated hazardous wastes
disposed of at other sites potentially subject to CERCLA or equivalent state law
remedial action. Thus, there can be no assurance that the Company will not be
named as a PRP at additional sites in the future or that the costs associated
with those sites would not have a material adverse effect on the Company's
financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
    
 
   
    In November 1988, the EPA approved startup of a new waste water treatment
plant at the Arcadia, Louisiana facility, which discharges treated industrial
waste water to the municipal sewerage system. Following exceedances of certain
EPA effluent limitations in 1989, the EPA issued an administrative order in 1992
which set new effluent limitations for the facility. The waste water plant is
currently operating under this order and the Company believes it is meeting such
effluent limitations. However, the Company anticipates that in the future
Louisiana will take over waste water permitting authority from the EPA and may
issue a waste water permit, the conditions of which could require modification
to the plant. Reasonably anticipated modifications are not expected to have a
substantial impact on operations.
    
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
   
    The following table sets forth certain information concerning the persons
who served as the directors and executive officers of the Company as of June 30,
1996. Except as indicated in the following paragraphs, the principal occupations
of these persons have not changed during the past five years.
    
 
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
    NAME                                     AGE           POSITION WITH THE COMPANY
- ------------------------------------------   ---   ------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>   <C>
Michael D. Austin.........................   56    President and Chief Executive Officer;
                                                   Director
Joseph F. Barker..........................   49    Chief Financial Officer; Vice President,
                                                   Finance; Secretary; Treasurer; Director
F. Galen Hodge............................   58    Vice President, International
Michael F. Rothman........................   49    Vice President, Engineering & Technology
Charles J. Sponaugle......................   47    Vice President, Sales and Marketing
Frank J. LaRosa...........................   36    Vice President, Human Resources and
                                                   Information Technology
August A. Cijan...........................   40    Vice President, Operations
Theodore T. Brown.........................   37    Controller; Chief Accounting Officer
Robert I. Hanson..........................   52    General Manager, Arcadia Tubular Products
Perry J. Lewis............................   58    Director, Chairman of the Board
Robert Egan...............................   65    Director, Vice Chairman of the Board
John A. Morgan............................   65    Director
Thomas F. Githens.........................   68    Director
Sangwoo Ahn...............................   57    Director
Ira Starr.................................   37    Director
</TABLE>
    
 
    Mr. Austin was elected President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of
the Company in September 1993. From 1987 to the time he joined the Company, Mr.
Austin was President and Chief Executive Officer of Tuscaloosa Steel
Corporation, a mini hot strip mill owned by British Steel PLC with approximately
$200 million in annual revenue ("Tuscaloosa").
 
    Mr. Barker was elected Vice President, Finance and a director of the Company
in September 1992 and Treasurer and Secretary in September 1993. Mr. Barker was
also elected Chief Financial Officer in May 1996. He had served as Controller of
the Company and its predecessors since November 1986.
 
    Dr. Hodge was elected Vice President, International in June 1994 after
having served as Vice President of Technology since September 1989. He was
Marketing and Technical Manager for the European Sales and Distribution
operations from 1985 to 1987 and Director of Technology from 1987 to 1989.
 
    Mr. Rothman was elected Vice President, Engineering and Technology in
October 1995 after having served as Marketing Manager since 1994. He previously
served in various marketing and technical positions since joining the Company in
1975.
 
    Mr. Sponaugle was elected Vice President, Sales and Marketing in October
1994 after having served as Quality Control Manager and Total Quality Manager
since September 1992. He previously served as Marketing Manager from 1985 to
1992.
 
    Mr. LaRosa was elected Vice President, Human Resources and Information
Technology in April 1996 after having served as Manager, Human Resources and
Information Technology from June 1994 to April 1996. From September 1993 until
June 1994, Mr. LaRosa served as Manager, Human Resources. From December 1990
until joining the Company in September 1993, he served in various management
capacities at Tuscaloosa.
 
    Mr. Cijan was elected Vice President, Operations in April 1996. He joined
the Company in 1993 as Manufacturing Manager and was Manager, Maintenance and
Engineering for Tuscaloosa from 1987 until he joined the Company in 1993.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
    Mr. Brown was elected Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of the Company
in May, 1996 after having served as General Accounting Manager since 1992. From
1988 to 1992 he served in various financial capacities with the Company.
 
    Mr. Hanson was named General Manager, Arcadia Tubular Products Facility in
November 1994. He previously served the Company and its predecessors in various
technical, production and engineering capacities since October 1987.
 
    Mr. Lewis has served as a general partner of MLGAL Partners L.P. ("MLGAL"),
a Connecticut limited partnership that is the general partner of Fund II, since
its formation in 1987. He was elected a director of the Company in 1989 and has
served as Chairman of the Board of the Company since October 1993. Mr. Lewis
also serves on the boards of directors of Aon Corporation, Evergreen Media
Corporation, Tyler Corporation, Quaker Fabric Corporation, Stuart Entertainment,
Inc. and ITI Technologies, Inc.
 
    Mr. Egan was elected as a director and Vice Chairman of the Board of the
Company in December 1993. Mr. Egan is retired. He was formerly the Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer of Alloy Rods Corporation from 1985 to 1993. Mr. Egan
also serves on the board of directors of Robroy Inc.
 
    Mr. Morgan has served as a general partner of MLGAL since its formation in
1987. He was elected a director of the Company in 1989. Mr. Morgan also serves
on the boards of directors of TriMas Corporation, Flight Safety International,
Mascotech, Inc., Masco Corp., Allied Digital Technologies, Inc. and McDermott
International Incorporated.
 
    Mr. Githens has been a retired partner of MLGAL since January 1, 1993. From
1982 until his retirement, Mr. Githens was a partner in MLGAL, although he
ceased his active involvement in the operations of MLGAL in December 1991.
 
    Mr. Ahn has served as a general partner of MLGAL since its formation in
1987. He was elected a director of the Company in 1989. Mr. Ahn also serves on
the boards of directors of Kaneb Services, Inc., Kaneb Pipe Line Partners, L.P.,
PAR Technology Corp., Quaker Fabric Corporation, Stuart Entertainment, Inc. and
ITI Technologies, Inc.
 
    Mr. Starr has served as a general partner of MLGAL since 1994. Mr. Starr
served as Vice President of MLGAL from 1988 to 1994. He was elected a director
of the Company in 1989. Mr. Starr also serves on the boards of directors of
Quaker Fabric Corporation and Stuart Entertainment, Inc.
 
   
    The Company, Haynes Corp., Fund II and the investors in the Company who are
officers or directors of the Company or employees of MLGA or the Company entered
into the Stock Subscription Agreement, which requires certain persons be elected
to the board of directors. The same parties, together with certain institutional
investors, entered into a Stockholders Agreement dated August 31, 1989 (the
"Stockholder Agreement"). Both the Stock Subscription Agreement and the
Stockholders Agreement will terminate upon consummation of the Offering.
    
 
    Each member of the board of directors is elected for a term of one year.
Except for Messrs. Austin, Barker and Egan, who were elected in September 1993,
September 1992 and October 1993, respectively, each of the directors has served
in that capacity since August 1989. Each of the directors is nominated and
elected pursuant to the terms of the Stock Subscription Agreement, which will
terminate upon the closing of the Offering.
 
    The Company's Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate") authorizes
the board of Directors to designate the number of directors. The board currently
has designated eleven directors, and there are three existing vacancies on the
board of directors, which the Company does not intend to fill in the near
future. Directors of the Company serve until their successors are duly elected
and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Officers of the
Company serve at the discretion of the board of directors,
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
subject, in the case of Mr. Austin, to the terms of his employment contract. See
"--Austin Employment Agreement."
 
   
    The board has established an Audit Committee and a Compensation Committee.
The Audit Committee consists of Messrs. Egan, Githens and Starr and the
Compensation Committee consists of Messrs. Lewis, Ahn and Egan. The Audit
Committee is responsible for recommending independent auditors, reviewing, in
connection with the independent auditors, the audit plan, the adequacy of
internal controls, the audit report and management letter and undertaking such
other incidental functions as the Board may authorize. The Compensation
Committee is responsible for administering the Stock Option Plans, determining
executive compensation policies and administering compensation plans and salary
programs, including performing an annual review of the total compensation and
recommended adjustments for all executive officers. See "--Stock Option Plans."
    
 
COMPENSATION
 
    The following tables and notes present the compensation provided by the
Company to its Chief Executive Officer and the Company's four other most highly
compensated executive officers, who served as executive officers as of September
30, 1995.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                    ANNUAL COMPENSATION (1)              LONG-TERM
                                 ------------------------------         COMPENSATION
    NAME AND PRINCIPAL           FISCAL                                AWARDS/OPTIONS         ALL OTHER
    POSITION                      YEAR      SALARY      BONUS        (NUMBER OF SHARES)    COMPENSATION (3)
- ------------------------------   ------    --------    --------      ------------------    ----------------
<S>                              <C>       <C>         <C>           <C>                   <C>
Michael D. Austin.............     1995    $314,167       --              --                   $ 75,631
  President and Chief              1994     314,167    $100,000(2)        --                      5,520
  Executive Officer                1993      27,100       --               112,995                  444
Joseph F. Barker..............     1995     130,500       --                16,045                1,808
  Vice President, Finance;         1994     130,500       --              --                      2,252
  Secretary; Treasurer             1993     114,200       --              --                      1,842
F. Galen Hodge................     1995     129,033       --                12,994                3,651
  Vice President,                  1994     129,033       --              --                      2,580
  International                    1993     128,100       --              --                      2,096
August A. Cijan...............     1995     117,800       --                22,599               55,677
  Vice President, Operations       1994     106,893       --              --                        295
                                   1993       --          --              --                    --
Frank J. LaRosa...............     1995     116,000       --                22,599               22,478
  Vice President, Human            1994     106,466       --              --                        285
  Resources and Information        1993       --                          --                    --
  Technology
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
(1) Additional compensation in the form of perquisites was paid to certain of
    the named officers in the periods presented; however, the amount of such
    compensation was less than the level required for reporting.
 
(2) Mr. Austin was elected President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company
    on September 2, 1993 and, under the terms of an Executive Employment
    Agreement with the Company, Mr. Austin received a $100,000 bonus to cover
    deferred compensation forfeited at his former employer. See "--Austin
    Employment Agreement."
 
(3) Premium payments to the group term life insurance plan, gainsharing payments
    and relocation reimbursements which were made by the Company.
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
   
    Prior Option Plan and Existing Stock Option Plan. In 1986, Haynes Corp., the
Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, adopted a stock incentive plan, which was
amended and restated in 1987, for certain key management employees (the "Prior
Option Plan"). The Prior Option Plan allowed participants to acquire restricted
common stock from the Company by exercising stock options (the "Prior Options")
granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Prior Option Plan. In
connection with the 1989 Acquisition, the Company established the Haynes
International, Inc. Employee Stock Option Plan (the "Existing Stock Option
Plan"). The Existing Stock Option Plan authorizes the granting of options to
certain key employees and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries for the
purchase of a maximum of 511,803 shares of the Company's Common Stock. Options
to purchase 463,308 shares have been issued under the Existing Stock Option
Plan, leaving 48,495 shares available for issuance. Upon consummation of the
1989 Acquisition, the holders of the Prior Options exchanged all of their
remaining Prior Options for options pursuant to the Stock Option Plan (the
"Rollover Options"). Except for the Rollover Options, the Compensation
Committee, which administers the Existing Stock Option Plan, is authorized to
determine which eligible employees will receive options and the amount of such
options. Pursuant to the Existing Stock Option Plan, the Compensation Committee
is authorized to grant options to purchase Common Stock at any price in excess
of the lower of Book Value (as defined in the Existing Stock Option Plan) or 50%
of the Fair Market Value (as defined in the Existing Stock Option Plan) per
share of Common Stock on the date of the award. However, actual options
outstanding under the Existing Stock Option Plan have been granted at the
estimated fair market value per share at the date of grant, resulting in no
compensation being charged to operations.
    
 
   
    Subject to earlier exercise upon death, disability or normal retirement,
upon a change of control (as defined in the Existing Stock Option Plan) of the
Company, upon the determination of the Compensation Committee in its discretion,
or upon the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company,
options granted under the Existing Stock Option Plan (other than the Rollover
Options and options granted to existing Management Holders (as defined in the
Existing Stock Option Plan) that are immediately exercisable) become exercisable
on the third anniversary thereof unless otherwise provided by the Compensation
Committee and terminate on the earlier of (i) three months after the optionee
ceases to be employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) ten
years and two days after the date of grant. Options granted pursuant to the
Existing Stock Option Plan may not be assigned or transferred by an optionee
other than by last will and testament or by the laws of descent and
distribution, and any attempted transfer of such options may result in
termination thereof. The grant, holding or exercise of options granted pursuant
to the Existing Stock Option Plan may, in the Compensation Committee's
discretion, be conditioned upon the optionee becoming a party to the Stock
Subscription Agreement or the Stockholders Agreement entered into by the
investors in the Company at the time of the 1989 Acquisition; however, both the
Stock Subscription Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement will terminate upon
closing of the Offering.
    
 
   
    In fiscal 1995, 182,429 options were granted by the Compensation Committee
pursuant to the Existing Stock Option Plan. No options were granted in the six
months ended March 31, 1996, and the board of directors of the Company has
determined that no additional options will be granted under the Existing Stock
Option Plan following consummation of the Offering. The following table sets
forth the number of options of Common Stock granted to the persons named in the
Summary Compensation Table in fiscal 1995.
    
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
                          OPTION GRANTS IN FISCAL 1995
 
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                                                     POTENTIAL
                                                                                                     REALIZABLE
                                                                                                  VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                                                                                  ANNUAL RATES OF
                                                                                                    STOCK PRICE
                                  NUMBER OF        % OF TOTAL                                     APPRECIATION FOR
                                 SECURITIES      OPTIONS GRANTED                                   OPTION TERM(1)
                                 UNDERLYING       TO EMPLOYEES        EXERCISE       EXPIRATION   ----------------
   NAME                        OPTIONS GRANTED   IN FISCAL 1995     PRICE ($/SH)        DATE      5%($)    10%($)
- -----------------------------  ---------------   ---------------   ---------------   ----------   ------   -------
<S>                            <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>          <C>      <C>
Joseph F. Barker.............       16,045              8.8%            4.425          12/07/04   44,651   113,154
F. Galen Hodge...............       12,994              7.1             4.425          12/07/04   36,160    91,638
August A. Cijan..............       22,599             12.4             4.425          12/07/04   62,890   159,375
Frank J. LaRosa..............       22,599             12.4             4.425          12/07/04   62,890   159,375
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
(1) The potential realizable value is calculated based on the term of the option
    at the time of grant (ten years). Stock price appreciation of 5% and 10% is
    based on the fair values at the time of grant and assumes that the option is
    exercised at the exercise price and sold on the last day of its term at the
    appreciated price, pursuant to rules promulgated by the Securities and
    Exchange Commission. The potential realizable value does not represent the
    Company's prediction of its stock price performance. This table does not
    take into account any appreciation for the fair value of the Common Stock
    from December 7, 1994, the date of grant, to date. There can be no assurance
    that the actual stock price appreciation over the ten-year option term will
    be at the assumed 5% or 10% level or at any other defined level.
    
 
   
    The options listed in the above table were originally granted in December
1994 with an exercise price of $8.85 per share. In order to provide a meaningful
incentive to management, in January 1996 the Company's board of directors
reduced the exercise price for the options listed in the table (and options to
purchase an additional 108,192 shares of Common Stock granted to other members
of the Company's management) to $4.425 per share, which the board of directors
determined was the fair market value at that time. The board of director's
action was based on several factors. First, at the time of the repricing it was
uncertain whether the Company would be able to make a February 15, 1996 interest
payment of approximately $6.1 million on the Existing Subordinated Notes.
Second, although conditions in some of the major markets to which the Company
sells had begun to improve in the last two fiscal quarters of fiscal 1995, the
extent of the recovery was still unclear. Third, prior to the date of this
prospectus, there has been virtually no market for or trading in the Common
Stock. Finally, efforts to sell the Company, which began in May 1995, were
unsuccessful. The last offer the Company received from a potential acquiror was
received in December 1996 and reflected a price that was lower than the exercise
price of the Common Stock established by the board of directors in January 1996.
    
 
   
    The Company believes several factors have contributed to the increase in the
price of the Common Stock from the revised option exercise price to the
estimated initial public offering price. By increasing the borrowing limits
under the Existing Credit Facility, which increase was effective at the end of
January 1996, the Company improved its liquidity and was able to make the
February 1996 interest payment on the Existing Subordinated Notes. In addition,
the Company's results of operations for the second quarter of fiscal 1996
demonstrated that the Company's improved earnings trend was continuing. In early
April, based on the improved earnings trend, the Company met for the first time
with prospective underwriters to discuss a possible public offering of Common
Stock. Without the improved earnings trend, the Company would not be able to
conduct this Offering and effect the Recapitalization. As a result of the
Recapitalization, the Company will have significantly lower interest expense and
much improved liquidity, thus increasing the value of the Company and the Common
Stock.
    
 
   
    New Stock Option Plan. The Company has adopted the Haynes International,
Inc. 1996 Employee Stock Option Plan (the "New Stock Option Plan" and, together
with the Existing Stock Option Plan, the "Stock Option Plans") to be effective
upon the consummation of the Offering. The
    
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
   
New Stock Option Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee, which
consists of three directors who do not participate in the New Stock Option Plan.
Participants in the New Stock Option Plan will be employees of the Company as
may be selected from time to time by the Compensation Committee. All persons
administering the New Stock Option Plan are deemed "disinterested," as such term
is used in Rule 16b-3, promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended ("Rule 16b-3"). A total of 400,000 shares of Common Stock are reserved
for issuance upon exercise of options granted under the New Stock Option Plan.
The board has adopted and the stockholders have approved the New Stock Option
Plan.
    
 
    Options granted under the New Stock Option Plan may be incentive stock
options as defined in Section 422 of the Code ("ISOs") or nonqualified stock
options that do not meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code ("NQSOs").
The per share exercise price of an ISO or an NQSO will not be less than the fair
market value of the Common Stock on the date of the grant, except that the per
share exercise price for ISOs granted to holders of 10% or more of the
outstanding Common Stock ("10% Stockholders") will be not less than 110.0% of
such fair market value. In addition, for each participant, the maximum aggregate
fair market value on the date of grant of all shares subject to ISOs first
exercisable in any one year may not exceed $100,000.
 
    Under the New Stock Option Plan, the exercise price is required to be paid
in full at the time of exercise, in any combination of cash, cash equivalents or
shares of Common Stock. Options granted will expire in not more than ten years
from the date of grant (five years, in the case of ISO's issued to holders of
10.0% Stockholders under the New Stock Option Plan). The New Stock Option Plan
provides for an automatic acceleration of the exercisability of option grants
upon a change in control (as defined in the New Stock Option Plan). A "change in
control" includes: (i) a change in ownership of at least 50.0% of the Company's
outstanding voting stock or (ii) a change in the composition of a majority of
the Board.
 
    Options granted under the New Stock Option Plan generally will expire upon
the earlier of the expiration date of the option or the termination of
employment, unless termination occurs as a result of: (i) retirement with the
Company's consent, in which case such options will expire three months after
such event or (ii) death or permanent disability, in which case such options
will expire one year after such event. In addition, the Compensation Committee
have the discretion to extend the expiration date to a date within three months
following the date of termination of employment. Options are not transferable
other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Other terms,
including when and how long an option is exercisable, are determined by the
Committee.
 
SEVERANCE AGREEMENTS
 
    In connection with the events leading up to the acquisition of the Company
by Morgan Lewis Githens & Ahn and management of the Company in August 1989, the
Company entered into Severance Agreements with certain key employees (the "Prior
Severance Agreements"). In 1995, the Company determined that the provisions of
the Prior Severance Agreements were no longer appropriate for the key employees
who were parties thereto and that several other key employees who were employed
after 1989 should be entitled to severance benefits. Consequently, during and
after July 1995, the Company entered into Severance Agreements (the "Severance
Agreements") with Messrs. Austin, Barker, Cijan, Hodge, LaRosa and Sponaugle and
with certain other key employees of the Company (the "Eligible Employees"). The
Severance Agreements superseded in all respects the Prior Severance Agreements
that were then in effect.
 
    The Severance Agreements provide for an initial term expiring April 30,
1996, subject to one- year automatic extensions (unless terminated by the
Company or the Eligible Employee 60 days prior to May 1 of any year). The
Severance Agreements automatically terminate upon termination of the Eligible
Employee's employment prior to a Change in Control of the Company, as defined in
the Severance Agreements (a "Severance Change in Control"), unless the
termination of employment occurs as a result of action of the Company other than
for Cause (as defined in the Severance
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
Agreements) within 90 days of a Severance Change in Control. A Severance Change
in Control occurs upon a change in ownership of 50.0% or more of the combined
voting power of the outstanding securities of the Company or upon the merger,
consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets or liquidation of
the Company. A Severance Change in Control will not occur upon the consummation
of the Offering.
 
    The Severance Agreements provide that if an Eligible Employee's employment
with the Company is terminated within six months following a Severance Change in
Control by reason of such Eligible Employee's disability, retirement or death,
the Company will pay the Eligible Employee (or his estate) his Base Salary (as
defined in the Severance Agreements) plus any bonuses or incentive compensation
earned or payable as of the date of termination. In the event that the Eligible
Employee's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause (as defined in the
Severance Agreements) within the six-month period, the Company is obligated only
to pay the Eligible Employee his Base Salary through the date of termination. In
addition, if within the six-month period the Eligible Employee's employment is
terminated by the Eligible Employee or the Company (other than for Cause or due
to disability, retirement or death), the Company must (among other things) (i)
pay to the Eligible Employee such Eligible Employee's full Base Salary and any
bonuses or incentive compensation earned or payable as of the date of
termination; (ii) continue to provide life insurance and medical and hospital
benefits to the Eligible Employee for up to 12 months following the date of
termination (18 months for Messrs. Austin and Barker); (iii) pay to the Eligible
Employee $12,000 for outplacement costs to be incurred, (iv) pay to the Eligible
Employee a lump sum cash payment equal to either (a) 150% of the Eligible
Employee's Base Salary in the case of Messrs. Austin and Barker, or (b) 100% of
the Eligible Employee's Base Salary in the case of the other Eligible Employees,
provided that the Company may elect to make such payments in installments over
an 18 month period in the case of Messrs. Austin or Barker or a 12 month period
in the case of the other Eligible Employees. As a condition to receipt of
severance payments and benefits, the Severance Agreements require that Eligible
Employees execute a release of all claims.
 
    Pursuant to the Severance Agreements, each Eligible Employee agrees that
during his employment with the Company and for an additional one year following
the termination of the Eligible Employee's employment with the Company by reason
of disability or retirement, by the Eligible Employee within six months
following a Severance Change in Control or by the Company for Cause, the
Eligible Employee will not, directly or indirectly, engage in any business in
competition with the business of the Company.
 
AUSTIN EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
   
    On September 2, 1993, the board of directors elected Michael D. Austin
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The Company and Haynes
Corp. entered into an Executive Employment Agreement with Mr. Austin (the
"Executive Employment Agreement") which provides that, in exchange for his
services as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, the Company
will pay Mr. Austin (1) an annual base salary of not less than $325,000, subject
to annual adjustment at the sole discretion of the board of directors, and (2)
incentive compensation as determined by the board of directors based on the
actual results of operations of the Company in relation to budgeted results of
operation of the Company. In addition, Mr. Austin is entitled to receive
vacation leave and to participate in all benefit plans generally applicable to
senior executives of the Company and to receive fringe benefits as are customary
for the position of Chief Executive Officer.
    
 
    Under the terms of the Executive Employment Agreement, the Company agreed to
pay Mr. Austin the sum of $100,000 as compensation for deferred compensation
forfeited by Mr. Austin at his former employer. The Company also indemnified Mr.
Austin against any loss incurred in the sale of Mr. Austin's residence at his
prior location and paid certain financing costs incurred in connection with the
residence. The Company provided supplemental life, health, and accident coverage
for Mr. Austin until he was eligible to participate in the Company's benefit
plans.
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
   
    Pursuant to the Executive Employment Agreement, the Company also granted Mr.
Austin the option to purchase 112,995 shares of Common Stock at a purchase price
of $8.8498 per share through the Existing Stock Option Plan. In January 1996 the
purchase price for exercise of the option was reduced to $4.4249 per share.
These options vest at a rate of 22,599 shares September 1 of each year until
fully vested, so long as Mr. Austin continues to be employed by the Company on
such dates and provided that all options would vest upon a "change in control"
as defined in the Existing Stock Option Plan or certain sales of assets as
specified in the Existing Stock Option Plan. Mr. Austin also became a party to
the Stock Subscription Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement. In the event of
a change in control and the termination of Mr. Austin's employment by the
Company thereafter, the Company is also obligated to pay the difference, if any,
between the pension benefit payable to Mr. Austin under the U.S. Pension Plan
(as defined below) at the time of such change in control and the pension benefit
that would be payable under the U.S. Pension Plan if Mr. Austin had completed 10
years of service with the Company.
    
 
   
    On July 15, 1996, the Company, Haynes Corp. and Mr. Austin entered into an
amendment of the Executive Employment Agreement which extends its term to August
31, 1999 (with year to year continuation thereafter unless the Company or Mr.
Austin elects otherwise) and requires the Company to reimburse Mr. Austin for up
to $10,000 for estate or financial planning services. The amendment of the
Executive Employment Agreement also requires that in 1996 the Company review and
evaluate the existing bonus plans and consider, among other alternatives, a
deferred compensation plan for the management of the Company.
    
 
    If Mr. Austin's employment is terminated by the Company prior to August 31,
1999 without "Cause," as defined in the Executive Employment Agreement, as
amended, Mr. Austin is entitled to continuation of his annual base salary until
the later of August 31, 1999 or 24 months following the date of termination.
Also, if the Company terminates Mr. Austin's employment without Cause after
August 31, 1999 or elects not to renew the Executive Employment Agreement on a
one year basis, Mr. Austin is entitled to annual base salary continuation for a
period of 12 months following the date of termination of his employment. In the
event that Mr. Austin is entitled to termination benefits under the Severance
Agreement to which he is a party, he is not entitled to salary continuation or
benefits under the Executive Employment Agreement, as amended.
 
U.S. PENSION PLAN
 
    The Company maintains for the benefit of eligible domestic employees a
defined benefit pension plan, designated as the Haynes International, Inc.
Pension Plan (the "U.S. Pension Plan"). Under the U.S. Pension Plan, all Company
employees completing at least 1,000 hours of employment in a 12-month period
become eligible to participate in the plan. Employees are eligible to receive an
unreduced pension annuity on reaching age 65, reaching age 62 and completing 10
years of service, or completing 30 years of service. The final option is
available only for union employees hired before July 3, 1988 or for salaried
employees who were plan participants on March 31, 1987.
 
   
    For salaried employees employed on or after July 3, 1988, the normal monthly
pension benefit provided under the U.S. Pension Plan is the greater of (i) 1.2%
of the employee's average monthly earnings multiplied by years of credited
service, plus an additional 0.5% of the employee's average monthly earnings, if
any, in excess of the monthly Social Security covered compensation for each year
of credited service up to 35 years, or (ii) the employee's accrued benefit as of
March 31, 1987.
    
 
    There are provisions for delayed retirement benefits, early retirement
benefits, disability and death benefits, optional methods of benefit payments,
payments to an employee who leaves after a certain number of years of service
and payments to an employee's surviving spouse. Employees are vested and
eligible to receive pension benefits after completing five years of service.
Vested benefits are paid beginning at or after age 55. Early retirement benefits
are available after age 55.
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
    The following table sets forth the range of estimated annual benefits
payable upon retirement for graduated levels of average annual earnings and
years of service for employees under the plan, based on retirement at age 65 in
1995. The maximum annual benefit permitted for 1995 under Section 415(b) of the
Code is $120,000.
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                     YEARS OF SERVICE
                                                   ----------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE ANNUAL
 REMUNERATION                                         15         20         25         30         35
- --------------                                     --------    -------    -------    -------    -------
<C>              <S>                               <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
   $100,000      ................................  $ 23,800    $31,700    $39,700    $47,600    $55,500
    150,000      ................................    36,500     48,700     60,900     73,100     85,300
    200,000      ................................    49,300     65,700     82,200     98,600    115,000
    250,000      ................................    62,000     82,700    103,400    124,100    144,800
    300,000      ................................    74,800     99,700    124,700    149,600    174,500
    350,000      ................................    87,500    116,700    145,900    175,100    204,300
    400,000      ................................   100,300    133,700    167,200    200,600    234,000
    450,000      ................................   113,000    150,700    188,400    226,100    263,800
    
</TABLE>
 
    The estimated credited years of service of each of the individuals named in
the Summary Compensation Table as of September 30, 1995 are as follows:
 
                                                                     CREDITED
                                                                     SERVICE
                                                                     --------
Michael D. Austin.................................................       2
F. Galen Hodge....................................................      26
Joseph F. Barker..................................................      15
Frank J. LaRosa...................................................       2
August A. Cijan...................................................       2
 
U.K. PENSION PLAN
 
    The Company maintains a pension plan for its employees in the United Kingdom
(the "U.K. Pension Plan"). The U.K. Pension Plan is a contributory plan under
which eligible employees contribute 3% or 6% of their annual earnings. Normal
retirement age under the U.K. Pension Plan is age 65 for males and age 60 for
females. The annual pension benefit provided at normal retirement age under the
U.K. Pension Plan ranges from 1% to 1 2/3% of the employee's final average
annual earnings for each year of credited service, depending on the level of
employee contributions made each year during the employee's period of service
with the Company. The maximum annual pension benefit for employees with at least
10 years of service is two-thirds of the individual's final average annual
earnings. Similar to the U.S. Pension Plan, the U.K. Pension Plan also includes
provisions for delayed retirement benefits, early retirement benefits,
disability and death benefits, optional methods of benefit payments, payments to
employees who leave after a certain number of years of service, and payments to
an employee's surviving spouse. The U.K. Pension Plan also provides for payments
to an employee's surviving children.
 
PROFIT SHARING AND SAVINGS PLAN
 
   
    The Company maintains the Haynes International, Inc. Profit Sharing and
Savings Plan and the Haynes International, Inc. Hourly Profit Sharing and
Savings Plan (the "Profit Sharing Plans") to provide retirement, tax-deferred
savings for eligible employees and their beneficiaries.
    
 
   
    The board of directors has sole discretion to determine the amount, if any,
to be contributed by the Company. No Company contributions were made to the
Profit Sharing Plans for the fiscal years ended September 30, 1995, 1994 and
1993.
    
 
   
    The Profit Sharing Plans are qualified under Section 401 of the Code,
permitting the Company to deduct for federal income tax purposes all amounts
contributed by it to the Profit Sharing Plans.
    
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
   
    In general, all salaried employees completing at least 1,000 hours of
employment in a 12-month period are eligible to participate after completion of
one full year of employment. Each participant's share in the annual allocation,
if any, to the Profit Sharing Plans is represented by the percentage which his
or her plan compensation (up to $260,000) bears to the total plan compensation
of all participants in the plan. Employees may also elect to make elective
salary reduction contributions to the Profit Sharing Plans, in amounts up to 10%
of their plan compensation. Elective salary reduction contributions may be
withdrawn subject to the terms of the Profit Sharing Plans.
    
 
    Vested individual account balances attributable to Company contributions may
be withdrawn only after the amount to be distributed has been held by the plan
trustee in the profit sharing account for at least 24 consecutive calendar
months. Participants vest in their individual account balances attributable to
Company contributions at age 65, death, disability or on completing five years
of service.
 
INCENTIVE PLAN
 
    In January 1996, the Company awarded and paid management bonuses of
approximately $439,000 pursuant to its management incentive program. The January
bonuses were calculated based on the Company's fiscal 1995 performance.
Additionally, the Company adopted a management incentive plan effective for
fiscal 1996 pursuant to which senior managers and managers in the level below
senior managers will be paid a bonus based on actual EBITDA compared to budgeted
EBITDA. Based on results for the first half of fiscal 1996, the Company believes
that management will be eligible for bonuses for fiscal 1996 and that it will
accrue additional expenses for management bonuses of approximately $900,000
during fiscal 1996.
 
HAYNES INTERNATIONAL, LTD PLAN
 
   
    In fiscal 1995, the Company's affiliate Haynes International, LTD instituted
a gainsharing plan. For fiscal 1995, the Company made gainsharing payments
pursuant to this plan of approximately $269,000.
    
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
   
    The directors of the Company other than Thomas F. Githens and Robert Egan
receive no compensation for their services as such. The non-management members
of the Board of Directors are reimbursed by the Company for their out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in attending meetings of the board of directors. Mr. Githens
receives a director's fee of $3,000 per calendar quarter, $1,000 per board
meeting attended and $750 per board committee meeting attended. Mr. Egan
receives a director's fee of $2,000 per month plus an advisory fee of $2,000 per
month.
    
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
   
    Sangwoo Ahn, Perry J. Lewis and Robert Egan served on the Compensation
Committee during fiscal 1995. None of the members of the Compensation Committee
are now serving or previously have served as employees or officers of the
Company or any subsidiary, and none of the Company's executive officers serve as
directors of, or in any compensation related capacity for, companies with which
members of the Compensation Committee are affiliated.
    
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    A former officer and director of the Company, Aziz I. Asphahani, left the
Company's employ and resigned as a director of the Company effective January 24,
1994. In satisfaction of certain obligations of the Company under the Stock
Subscription Agreement, on October 11, 1994 the Company paid Dr. Asphahani
$449,894.50 to repurchase all of Dr. Asphahani's options to purchase Common
Stock, representing an aggregate option purchase price of $426,092.24 and
interest from March 10, 1994 to the purchase date totaling $23,802.26.
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
   
    The only stockholder of record of the Company owning more than five percent
of its outstanding Common Stock at March 31, 1996 was MLGA Fund II, L.P. ("Fund
II"), a Connecticut limited partnership that is controlled by John A. Morgan,
Perry J. Lewis, Sangwoo Ahn, Ira Starr and William C. Ughetta, Jr., all
principals of MLGAL. The following table sets forth the number and percentage of
shares of Common Stock owned by (i) Fund II, (ii) all affiliates of Fund II,
(iii) each of the Selling Stockholders, (iv) each of the directors of the
Company and each of the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation
Table, (v) all affiliates of Fund II as a group, and (vi) all directors and
executive officers of the Company as a group, as of March 31, 1996 and as
adjusted to reflect the sale of shares offered hereby. The address of Fund II,
and of Messrs. Ahn, Lewis, Morgan, Starr and Ughetta, is 2 Greenwich Plaza,
Greenwich, Connecticut 06830. The address of Messrs. Austin and Barker is 1020
West Park Avenue, Kokomo, Indiana 46904-9013. The address of Mr. Githens is 41
Crescent Place, Shorthills, New Jersey 07078. The address of Mr. Egan is 4
Foxwood Drive, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15238.
    
 
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                           SHARES BENEFICIALLY                         SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                             OWNED PRIOR TO           NUMBER OF            OWNED AFTER
                                               OFFERING(1)           SHARES BEING          OFFERING(1)
                                        -------------------------    OFFERED FOR     ------------------------
   NAME                                  NUMBER           PERCENT        SALE         NUMBER      PERCENT(2)
- -------------------------------------   ---------         -------    ------------    ---------    -----------
<S>                                     <C>               <C>        <C>             <C>          <C>
Fund II..............................   3,254,217           90.6%        --          3,254,217        54.2%
Sangwoo Ahn..........................   3,321,981(3)(4)     92.5         --          3,321,981        55.4
Perry J. Lewis.......................   3,321,981(3)(4)     92.5         --          3,321,981        55.4
John A. Morgan.......................   3,321,981(3)(4)     92.5         --          3,321,981        55.4
Ira Starr............................   3,307,526(3)(4)     92.1         --          3,307,526        55.1
William C. Ughetta, Jr...............   3,303,289(3)(4)     92.0         --          3,303,289        55.1
Paul F. Troiano......................     109,566(5)         3.1        109,566         --           --
Schmidt & Co.........................      15,757             (6)        15,757         --           --
OCM High Yield Trust.................       3,932             (6)         3,932         --           --
Master Pension Trust of Pacific
Telesis Group........................       2,573             (6)         2,573         --           --
London Life Insurance Company........       1,537             (6)         1,537         --           --
Nancy S. Milton......................       1,129             (6)         1,129         --           --
Anne Hollingsworth Milton............         847             (6)           847         --           --
Robert C. Milton III.................         847             (6)           847         --           --
Howard Hughes Medical Institute......         768             (6)           768         --           --
Hughes Aircraft Company Master
 Retirement Trust....................         621             (6)           621         --           --
OCM High Yield Limited Partnership...         395             (6)           395         --           --
San Diego County Employees'
 Retirement Association..............         305             (6)           305         --           --
Lawrence G. Kemp and Patricia Flynn
Kemp.................................         169             (6)           169         --           --
Thomas F. Githens....................      30,954             (6)        --             30,954          (6)
Robert Egan..........................           0             (6)        --                  0       --
Michael D. Austin....................      45,198(5)         1.3         --             45,198          (6)
F. Galen Hodge.......................      32,243(5)          (6)        --             32,243          (6)
Joseph F. Barker.....................      23,121(5)          (6)        --             23,121          (6)
August A. Cijan......................       4,519(5)          (6)        --              4,519          (6)
Frank J. LaRosa......................       4,519(5)          (6)        --              4,519          (6)
All Fund II affiliates as a group....   3,363,602           93.7                     3,363,602        56.1
All directors and executive officers
 of the Company as a group...........   3,519,860(3)        98.0         --          3,519,860        57.5
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
   
(1) Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and pursuant to
    applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole
    voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Common Stock.

(2) Assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option. Shares
    outstanding after the Offering include 109,566 shares to be issued to Paul
    F. Troiano at the time of the Offering pursuant to the exercise of stock
    options covering such shares.

(3) Includes the shares reported in the table as owned by Fund II and 49,072
    shares owned by MLGAL.
    
 
(4) The named shareholder disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by
    Fund II and MLGAL, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein
    arising from his general partnership interest in MLGAL.
 
   
(5) Represents shares of Common Stock underlying options exercisable within 60
    days of the date of this Prospectus which are deemed to be beneficially
    owned by the holders of such options. See "Management--Stock Option Plans."
    
 
(6) Less than 1%.
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS
 
   
    The following descriptions summarize the terms of the Company's indebtedness
assuming consummation of the Recapitalization. Such summaries are or will be
qualified by and subject to the more complete descriptions contained in those
documents relevant to the particular indebtedness described.
    
 
THE NEW CREDIT FACILITY
 
   
    In connection with the Offerings, the Company expects to enter into a loan
agreement with CoreStates Bank, NA (the "Lender"), with Congress Financial
Corporation (Central) acting as agent for the Lender, to provide the New Credit
Facility, which will provide for a revolving loan facility in the aggregate
principal amount of up to $50.0 million, including a letter of credit facility
subject to a sublimit in the aggregate principal amount of up to $10.0 million.
Amounts outstanding under the New Credit Facility will be due at maturity, which
will be three years after the date of closing unless extended or terminated.
    
 
   
    Revolving loans under the New Credit Facility will be limited, in the
aggregate, to the lesser of the $50.0 million commitment amount and a "borrowing
base" amount less, in each case, the principal amount of outstanding letters of
credit. The borrowing base will not exceed the sum of 85% of eligible accounts
receivable (generally, accounts receivable of the Company from domestic
customers that are current or past due 60 or fewer days) plus 60% of eligible
raw materials and finished goods inventories plus 45% of eligible
work-in-process inventory of the Company, such inventories to be calculated at
the lower of cost or current market value.
    
 
    The New Credit Facility will contain certain covenants, including, without
limitation, maintenance of minimum net worth, and limitations on capital
expenditures, investments, incurrences of additional debt, impositions of liens,
dispositions of assets and payments of dividends and distributions. The New
Credit Facility will be secured by first priority security interests in all
accounts receivable and inventories of the Company (excluding all accounts
receivable and inventories of the Company's foreign subsidiaries) and the
proceeds therefrom.
 
   
    The Company anticipates that interest on revolving loans under the New
Credit Facility will be payable monthly in arrears at a per annum rate equal to
0.25% above the prime rate announced by the Lender from time to time or, at the
Company's option, 2.25% above LIBOR. In the event of a default, the interest
rate will increase to 2.25% over the then prevailing prime rate of the Lender.
The interest rates shall be reduced by 0.25% per annum if the Company's EBITDA
exceeds $34.0 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1996 and will
remain at that reduced level so long as the Company's EBITDA continues to be
above $34.0 million on a rolling four-quarter basis thereafter. In addition, the
New Credit Facility will provide for an unused line fee of 0.375% on the amount
by which $40.0 million exceeds the average monthly balance of revolving loans
and letters of credit under the New Credit Facility. The Commitment also
provides for the payment of early termination fees in certain circumstances and
certain other fees payable by the Company to the Lender.
    
 
   
    The Lender's obligation to enter into the New Credit Facility will be
conditioned upon, among other things, consummation of the Offerings. In
addition, the Company anticipates that all of the loans and other credit
accomodations provided to the Company (other than the New Credit Facility) will
be required to be used exclusively to redeem or repay existing indebtedness, to
make capital expenditures, and for working capital of the Company.
    
 
THE NOTES
 
   
    Concurrently with the Offering, the Company is offering $100.0 million
aggregate principal amount of its   % Senior Notes due 2004. The Offering and
the Notes Offering are conditioned upon
    
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
each other. The Notes mature on       , 2004. Interest payments are due on
      and       of each year commencing       , 1997.
 
   
    The Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part,
at any time on or after       , 2000, at the redemption prices set forth herein,
together with accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. In
addition, prior to       , 1999, in the event one or more equity offerings are
consummated after the issue date, the Company may redeem in the aggregate up to
a maximum of $25.0 million of the Notes with the net proceeds thereof at a
redemption price equal to   % of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and
unpaid interest to the redemption date; provided that, after giving effect
thereto, at least $70.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes remains
outstanding.
    
 
    Upon a Change of Control (as defined in the Indenture), each holder of the
Notes may require the Company to purchase all or a portion of such holder's
Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof,
together with accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase.
 
   
    The Notes will be unsecured senior obligations of the Company, ranking pari
passu in right of payment with all other existing and future senior indebtedness
of the Company. The Notes will be effectively subordinated to secured
indebtedness, including the Company's indebtedness under the New Credit Facility
and initially to the Existing Senior Notes. As of March 31, 1996, giving effect
to the transactions described under "Recapitalization," approximately $18.5
million of senior indebtedness would have been outstanding under the New Credit
Facility, all of the Company's existing indebtedness (including the Existing
Senior Notes) would have been repaid and the Company would have had no other
senior indebtedness outstanding, other than the Notes. Although the Notes and
the obligations under the New Credit Facility will be senior obligations of the
Company, the Lender under the New Credit Facility (and any other indebtedness
secured by the assets of the Company) will have a claim ranking prior to that of
the holders of Notes with respect to the distribution of assets and the proceeds
thereof securing the Company's obligations thereunder.
    
 
    The Indenture will contain certain covenants, including, but not limited to,
covenants with respect to the following matters: (i) limitation on indebtedness;
(ii) limitation on restricted payments; (iii) limitation on transactions with
affiliates; (iv) limitation on liens; (v) limitation on sale of assets; (vi)
limitation on issuance and sale of preferred stock of subsidiaries; (vii)
limitation on dividends and other payment restrictions affecting subsidiaries;
and (viii) restrictions on consolidations, mergers and the transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company to another person.
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
   
    The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01
par value ("Common Stock") and 2,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par
value ("Preferred Stock"). Prior to the Offering, the Company had issued and
outstanding 3,700,000 shares of Common Stock (including 109,566 shares of Common
Stock to be issued to a former employee and board member at the time of the
Offering pursuant to the exercise of stock options covering such shares, and
which such shares will then be sold in the Offering), and 938,592 shares are
reserved for issuance pursuant to the Existing Stock Option Plan and the New
Stock Option Plan. Following the Offering, 6,000,000 shares of Common Stock will
be outstanding (6,345,000 shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is
exercised in full).
    
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds
legally available therefor when, as and if declared by the board of directors of
the Company and to receive pro rata the net assets of the Company legally
available for distribution upon liquidation or dissolution. See "Dividends."
 
    Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common
Stock held on each matter submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the
election of directors. Holders of Common Stock are not entitled to cumulative
voting, which means that the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding Common
Stock can elect all of the directors if they choose to do so. See "Risk
Factors-- Voting Control." All shares of outstanding Common Stock are, and the
shares to be issued by the Company pursuant to this Prospectus will be, fully
paid and nonassessable.
 
AUTHORIZED PREFERRED STOCK
 
    Pursuant to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, the board of
directors has the authority to issue up to 2,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock
in one or more series and to fix the powers, designations, preferences and
relative, participating, optional or other rights thereof, including dividend
rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption terms, liquidation
preferences and the number of shares constituting any series, without any
further vote or action by the Company's stockholders. The issuance of Preferred
Stock in certain circumstances may have the effect of delaying, deferring or
preventing a change of control of the Company without further action by the
stockholders, may discourage bids for the Company's Common Stock at a premium
over the market price of the Common Stock and may adversely affect the market
price of, and the voting and other rights of the holders of, Common Stock. The
Company currently has no plans to issue shares of Preferred Stock.
 
CERTAIN CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAW PROVISIONS
 
    The Certificate provides that the Company's directors are not liable to the
Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary
duties, except under certain circumstances, including breach of the director's
duty of loyalty, acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of law or any transaction from which the
director derived improper personal benefit. The inclusion of this provision in
the Certificate may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative
litigation against directors and may discourage or deter stockholders or
management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their duty of
care. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors and officers pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, the Company has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"), such indemnification is against
public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
The Company believes that its Certificate of Incorporation provisions are
necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
    The Certificate grants to the Company's board of directors the power to
amend, adopt or repeal the Company's By-laws without stockholder vote. The
Company's By-laws provide that the number of directors shall be as from time to
time fixed by resolution of the board of directors of the Company, not less than
3 nor more than 11. These provisions, in addition to the existence of authorized
but unissued capital stock, may have the effect, either alone or in combination
with each other, of discouraging an acquisition of the Company even if such an
acquisition is desired by certain stockholders of the Company.
 
CERTAIN EFFECTS OF AUTHORIZED BUT UNISSUED STOCK
 
   
    Upon consummation of the Offering, there will be 14,000,000 shares of Common
Stock available for future issuance without stockholder approval. These
additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including
future public offerings to raise additional capital or to facilitate corporate
acquisitions. The Company does not currently have any plans to issue additional
shares of Common Stock, other than shares of Common Stock that may be issued
upon the exercise of options. See "Management--Stock Option Plans."
    
 
DELAWARE ANTITAKEOVER LAW
 
    The Company is a Delaware corporation which after the Offering would be
subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
("Section 203"). However, the board of directors and stockholders of the Company
have elected not to be governed by Section 203.
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
   
    Upon closing of the Offering, the Company will have 6,000,000 shares of
Common Stock outstanding. Of these shares, the 2,438,446 shares sold in this
Offering, plus any additional shares sold upon exercise of the over-allotment
option, will be freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act,
unless purchased by "affiliates" of the Company, as defined in the Securities
Act.
    
 
   
    The 3,561,554 shares of Common Stock held by existing stockholders which
will not be sold in the Offering are "restricted securities" under the
Securities Act. These shares may not be sold unless they are registered under
the Securities Act or unless an exemption from registration, such as the
exemption provided by Rule 144, is available. Beginning 90 days after the
consummation of this Offering, subject to the 180-day lock-up agreement
described below, all of these shares will be eligible for sale in the public
market pursuant to Rule 144. Under Rule 144, the 195,128 restricted shares held
by non-affiliates will be freely tradeable, and the remaining restricted shares
will be subject to certain volume, minimum holding period and other resale
restrictions.
    
 
   
    In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after
the conclusion of the Offering, a person (or persons whose shares are
aggregated), including an affiliate of the Company, who has beneficially owned
restricted shares for at least two years will be entitled to sell in any
three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of: (i)
1.0% of the then outstanding shares of the Common Stock (6,000,000 shares upon
closing of the Offering, assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option) or
(ii) the average weekly trading volume of the Common Stock during the four
calendar weeks immediately preceding the date on which notice of the sale is
filed with the Commission. Sales pursuant to Rule 144 are also subject to
certain other requirements relating to manner of sale, notice and availability
of current public information about the Company. A person (or persons whose
shares are aggregated) who is deemed not to have been an affiliate of the
Company, at any time during the three months immediately preceding the sale, is
entitled to sell restricted shares pursuant to Rule 144, without regard to the
limitations described above, provided that three years have expired since the
later of the date on which such restricted shares were first acquired from the
Company or from an affiliate of the Company.
    
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
   
    The Company has granted options to purchase a total of 463,308 shares of
Common Stock to certain key employees and directors, respectively, pursuant to
the Existing Stock Option Plan. An additional 48,495 shares are available for
future grants of options pursuant to the terms of the Existing Stock Option
Plan, although the board of directors of the Company has determined not to grant
any additional options under the Existing Stock Option Plan pending consummation
of the Offering. Following the closing of this Offering, the Company intends to
file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register
up to 863,308 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options
granted under the Stock Option Plans. Any such shares issued upon the exercise
of stock options by non-affiliates will, after the effective date of such
registration statement, generally be eligible for sale in the open market.
    
 
    The Company, its directors and certain of its existing stockholders have
agreed with the Underwriters not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of
Common Stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, without
the prior consent of the representatives of the Underwriters, subject to certain
limited exceptions.
 
    Prior to the Offering there has been no public market for the Common Stock
and no prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that market sales of
shares or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price
prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of
Common Stock in the public market could adversely affect the prevailing market
prices.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
   
    National City Bank, Cleveland, Ohio has been appointed as transfer agent and
registrar for the Company's Common Stock.
    
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    The Underwriters named below, for whom PaineWebber Incorporated and Merrill
Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as Representatives (the
"Representatives"), have severally agreed, subject to the terms and conditions
of the Underwriting Agreement among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and
the Representatives (the "Underwriting Agreement"), to purchase from the Company
and the Selling Stockholders, and the Company and the Selling Stockholders have
agreed to sell to the Underwriters, the number of shares of Common Stock set
forth opposite their names below:
 
   
                                                           NUMBER OF
              UNDERWRITERS                                  SHARES
              ------------                                 ---------
PaineWebber Incorporated
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
           Incorporated
 
                                                           ---------
    Total                                                  2,438,446
                                                           ---------
                                                           ---------


    
 
    The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the Underwriters
to purchase the shares of Common Stock listed above are subject to certain
conditions. The Underwriting Agreement also provides that the Underwriters are
committed to purchase all of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby, if any
are purchased (without consideration of any shares that may be purchased through
the Underwriters' over-allotment option).
 
    The Company and the Selling Stockholders have been advised by the
Representatives that the Underwriters propose to offer the shares to the public
at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, to
certain securities dealers at such price less a concession not in excess of
$      per share, and that the Underwriters and such dealers may reallow to
other dealers, including any Underwriter, a discount not in excess of $      per
share. After commencement of the initial public offering, the concessions to
selected dealers and the discounts to other dealers may be changed by the
Representatives.
 
   
    The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable during
the 30-day period after the date of this Prospectus, under which the
Underwriters may purchase up to an additional 345,000 shares of Common Stock
from the Company at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover
page of this Prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The
Underwriters may exercise this option only to cover over-allotments, if any. To
the extent such option is exercised, each Underwriter will become obligated,
subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of
such additional shares as it was obligated to purchase pursuant to the
Underwriting Agreement.
    
 
    The Company and the Company's directors and executive officers and certain
existing stockholders have agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell or
otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock, or rights to acquire shares of
Common Stock, for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus without
the prior written consent of PaineWebber Incorporated.
 
    The Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to indemnify the
Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the Underwriters may be required to
make in respect thereof.
 
    Immediately prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the
Common Stock of the Company. Accordingly, the initial public offering price for
the Common Stock has been determined by
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
negotiations among the Company and the Representatives. Among the factors
considered in determining the initial public offering price are the prevailing
market and general economic conditions, the history of and the prospects of the
Company's business and its results of operations in recent periods, the market
capitalizations and stages of development of other companies which the Company
and the Representatives believe to be comparable to the Company, estimates of
the business potential of the Company, the present state of the Company's
development and other relevant factors. The initial public offering price set
forth on the cover page of this Prospectus should not be considered an
indication of the actual value of the Common Stock. Such price is subject to
change as a result of market conditions and other factors, and there can be no
assurance that the Common Stock will trade in the public market subsequent to
the Offering at or above the initial public offering price.
 
   
    The Company's Common Stock has been approved for quotation on the Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol "HAYN."
    
 
   
    The Offering is being conducted in accordance with Rule 2720, formerly
Schedule E (the "Rule"), to the By-laws of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") which provides that, among other things,
when a NASD member participates in the offering of equity securities of a
company with whom such member has a "conflict of interest" (as defined in the
Rule), the initial public offering price can be no higher than that recommended
by a "qualified independent underwriter" (as defined in the Rule)(a "QIU"). The
NASD requires that a QIU (a) be an NASD member experienced in the securities or
investment banking business, (b) not be an affiliate of the issuer of the
securities and (c) agree to undertake the responsibilities and liabilities of an
underwriter under the Act. In accordance with this requirement, PaineWebber
Incorporated is serving as the QIU in the Offering and has recommended a price
in compliance with the requirements of the Rule. PaineWebber Incorporated has
performed due diligence investigations and reviewed and participated in the
preparation of this Prospectus and the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus forms a part. PaineWebber Incorporated, in its capacity as QIU, will
receive no additional compensation as such in connection with the Offering.
    
 
   
    In addition, the Underwriters will not confirm sales to any discretionary
account without the prior specific written approval of the customer.
    
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The valid issuance of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby and certain
other legal matters will be passed upon for the Company by Ice Miller Donadio &
Ryan, Indianapolis, Indiana. Certain matters will be passed upon for the
Underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 1994 and 1995, and the
consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for each of the three years
in the period ended September 30, 1995 appearing in this Prospectus have been
incorporated herein in reliance on the report, which includes an emphasis of a
matter explanatory paragraph regarding the Company's liquidity, of Coopers &
Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants, given on the authority of that firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
   
    The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement, of which
this Prospectus is a part, under the Securities Act with respect to the Common
Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the information set
forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto. For further
information with respect to the Company and the Common Stock offered by this
Prospectus, reference is made to such Registration Statement and exhibits which
have been filed with the Commission through the Electronic Data Gathering,
Analysis and Retrieval system. Statements contained herein concerning the
provisions of documents are necessarily summaries of such documents and each
statement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the copy of the
applicable document filed with the Commission. Such information is publicly
available through the Commission's World Wide Web site (http:/www.sec.gov) or
can be inspected and copied at the office of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at its regional offices located at
Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,
Illinois 60661-2511 and 7 World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048. Copies
of such material may also be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the
Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed
rates.
    
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
                           HAYNES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                                        PAGE
                                                                                        ----
<S>                                                                                     <C>
Report of Independent Accountants....................................................   F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 1994 and 1995.........................   F-3
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended September 30, 1993, 1994 and
1995.................................................................................   F-4
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 1993, 1994 and
1995.................................................................................   F-5
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...........................................   F-6
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 1995 and March 31, 1996
(Unaudited)..........................................................................   F-20
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the six months ended March 31,
  1995 and 1996 (Unaudited)..........................................................   F-21
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the six months ended March 31,
1995 and 1996 (Unaudited)............................................................   F-22
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited).....................   F-23
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes thereto
represent the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash
flows for the periods indicated therein of Haynes Holdings, Inc. As discussed in
Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the financial
statements (including the Report of Independent Accountants thereon) have been
prepared to reflect the Company's name change to Haynes International, Inc.
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
Board of Directors
Haynes International, Inc.
 
    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Haynes
International, Inc. (the Company) as of September 30, 1994 and 1995, and the
related consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended September 30, 1995. These financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    The Company's accumulated deficit at September 30, 1994 and 1995 includes
the effects of adopting SFAS NO. 106 ($79.6 million) and a write-off of goodwill
($37.1 million) in 1994. The accumulated deficit, along with increased working
capital requirements due to higher sales levels in 1995, has resulted in
increased borrowings to fund the Company's operations. Management's plan for
meeting the Company's liquidity needs is summarized in Note 1 to the
consolidated financial statements.
 
    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Haynes
International, Inc. as of September 30, 1994 and 1995, and the consolidated
results of its operations and cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended September 30, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
 
    As discussed in Notes 1 and 8 to the consolidated financial statements, the
Company changed its method of accounting for income taxes and postretirement
benefits during 1994.
 
                                          COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
 
Fort Wayne, Indiana,
November 3, 1995
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                           HAYNES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                         YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER
                                                                                 30,
                                                                        ----------------------
                                                                          1994         1995
                                                                        ---------    ---------
<S>                                                                     <C>          <C>
ASSETS:
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents..........................................   $   5,690    $   5,035
  Accounts and notes receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts
    of $520 and $979, respectively...................................      30,496       38,089
  Inventories........................................................      53,543       60,234
                                                                        ---------    ---------
    Total current assets.............................................      89,729      103,358
                                                                        ---------    ---------
Net property, plant and equipment....................................      43,119       36,863
Prepayments and deferred charges, net................................      12,875       11,095
                                                                        ---------    ---------
    Total assets.....................................................   $ 145,723    $ 151,316
                                                                        ---------    ---------
                                                                        ---------    ---------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT:
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses..............................   $  16,868    $  22,975
  Accrued postretirement benefits....................................       4,100        4,100
  Revolving credit...................................................       8,141       12,477
  Income taxes payable...............................................         438        1,190
                                                                        ---------    ---------
    Total current liabilities........................................      29,547       40,742
                                                                        ---------    ---------
Long-term debt.......................................................     140,000      140,000
Deferred income taxes................................................         274          326
Accrued postretirement benefits......................................      90,048       90,730
                                                                        ---------    ---------
    Total liabilities................................................     259,869      271,798
                                                                        ---------    ---------
Commitments and contingencies
Redeemable common stock..............................................       1,881        1,427
Stockholders' deficit:
  Common stock, $.01 par value (10,000,000 shares authorized,
    3,600,208 issued)................................................          36           36
  Additional paid-in capital.........................................      46,343       46,443
  Accumulated deficit................................................    (165,514)    (172,285)
  Foreign currency translation adjustment............................       3,211        4,070
                                                                        ---------    ---------
                                                                         (115,924)    (121,736)
  Less: Treasury stock, at cost (5,819 and 9,774 shares,
    respectively)                                                            (103)        (173)
                                                                        ---------    ---------
    Total stockholders' deficit......................................    (116,027)    (121,909)
                                                                        ---------    ---------
      Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit....................   $ 145,723    $ 151,316
                                                                        ---------    ---------
                                                                        ---------    ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
   
                           HAYNES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
    
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                  YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              ---------------------------------
                                                                1993        1994         1995
                                                              --------    ---------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>          <C>
Net revenues...............................................   $162,454    $ 150,578    $201,933
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of sales............................................    137,102      134,840     167,196
  Goodwill write-off.......................................                  37,117
  Selling and administrative...............................     14,569       15,039      15,475
  Research and technical...................................      3,603        3,630       3,049
  Other cost, net..........................................        400          816       1,767
  Interest expense.........................................     18,912       19,916      20,233
  Interest income..........................................       (415)        (334)       (329)
                                                              --------    ---------    --------
  Total costs and expenses.................................    174,171      211,024     207,391
                                                              --------    ---------    --------
Loss before provision for (benefit from) income taxes and
cumulative effect of change in accounting principle........    (11,717)     (60,446)     (5,458)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes..................     (3,442)         420       1,313
                                                              --------    ---------    --------
Loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting
principle..................................................     (8,275)     (60,866)     (6,771)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of
  tax benefit..............................................                 (79,630)
                                                              --------    ---------    --------
  Net loss.................................................   $ (8,275)   $(140,496)   $ (6,771)
                                                              --------    ---------    --------
                                                              --------    ---------    --------
Per share data:
  Loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting
principle..................................................   $  (2.30)   $  (16.93)   $  (1.89)
                                                              --------    ---------    --------
                                                              --------    ---------    --------
  Net loss.................................................   $  (2.30)   $  (39.07)   $  (1.89)
                                                              --------    ---------    --------
                                                              --------    ---------    --------
  Weighted average common and common stock equivalents.....   3,599,102   3,595,976    3,591,117
                                                              --------    ---------    --------
                                                              --------    ---------    --------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                           HAYNES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                    YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                 -------------------------------
                                                                  1993        1994        1995
                                                                 -------    ---------    -------

<S>                                                              <C>        <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net loss....................................................   $(8,275)   $(140,496)   $(6,771)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided from
    (used in) operations:
  Depreciation................................................     8,650        8,208      8,188
  Amortization and goodwill write-off.........................     3,607       40,287      1,444
  Deferred income taxes.......................................    (4,432)     (10,633)         2
  (Gain) loss on property disposal............................        56         (397)       (37)
  Change in assets and liabilities:
    Accounts and notes receivable.............................     3,712       (3,028)    (7,354)
    Inventories...............................................     8,446         (951)    (6,480)
    Other assets..............................................    (3,932)         (58)       347
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses.....................    (2,474)       4,291      6,322
    Income taxes payable......................................       353         (234)       774
    Accrued postretirement benefits...........................                 90,210        682
                                                                 -------    ---------    -------
        Net cash provided from (used in) operations...........     5,711      (12,801)    (2,883)
                                                                 -------    ---------    -------
Cash flows from investment activities:
  Additions to property, plant and equipment..................       (56)        (771)    (1,934)
  Proceeds from disposals of property, plant, and equipment...       374        1,517         39
                                                                 -------    ---------    -------
        Net cash provided from (used in) investment
activities....................................................       318          746     (1,895)
                                                                 -------    ---------    -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Net additions (reductions) of revolving credit..............    (2,014)       7,960      4,337
  Retirement of stock options.................................                   (858)      (425)
                                                                 -------    ---------    -------
        Net cash provided from (used in) financing
activities....................................................    (2,014)       7,102      3,912
                                                                 -------    ---------    -------
Effect of exchange rates on cash..............................      (744)         129        211
                                                                 -------    ---------    -------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents..............     3,271       (4,824)      (655)
Cash and cash equivalents:
  Beginning of year...........................................     7,243       10,514      5,690
                                                                 -------    ---------    -------
  End of year.................................................   $10,514    $   5,690    $ 5,035
                                                                 -------    ---------    -------
                                                                 -------    ---------    -------
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
  Cash paid (received) during period for:
    Interest..................................................   $15,672    $  17,891    $18,840
    Income taxes..............................................    (1,805)         848        560
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                           HAYNES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
A. PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Haynes
Holdings, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company").
The financial statements have been prepared to reflect Haynes Holdings, Inc.
changing its name to Haynes International, Inc. which is currently a wholly
owned subsidiary. The name change does not affect the financial position,
results of operations, cash flows or other disclosures of the Company. All
significant intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated.
 
B. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
   
    The Company considers all highly liquid investment instruments, including
investments with maturities of three months or less at acquisition, to be cash
equivalents, the carrying value of which approximates fair value due to the
short maturity of these investments. At September 30, 1994, $863 in cash was
restricted for property, plant, and equipment acquisitions.
    
 
C. INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. The cost of domestic
inventories is determined using the last-in, first-out method (LIFO). The cost
of foreign inventories is determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method
and average cost method.
 
D. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
   
    Additions to property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost.
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is calculated primarily by using
the straight-line method based on estimated economic useful lives. Buildings are
generally depreciated over 40 years, and machinery and equipment are depreciated
over periods ranging from 5 to 14 years.
    
 
   
    Expenditures for maintenance and repairs and minor renewals are charged to
expense; major renewals are capitalized. Upon retirement or sale of assets, the
cost of the disposed assets and the related accumulated depreciation are removed
from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to
operations.
    
 
E. FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
 
    The Company's foreign operating entities' financial statements are expressed
in their functional currencies, which are their local currencies. Substantially
all assets and liabilities of the Company's foreign operations are translated to
U.S. dollars at year-end exchange rates and revenues and expenses are translated
at the weighted average rate for the year. Foreign currency gains and losses
arising from transactions are reflected in net losses. Balance sheet translation
gains and losses are reflected as a separate component of stockholders' deficit.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
   
                           HAYNES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
    
 
NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED)
F. INCOME TAXES
 
   
    Effective October 1, 1993, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109--"Accounting for Income Taxes" (SFAS No. 109). SFAS
No. 109 is an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of
deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of
events that have been recognized in the Company's financial statements or tax
returns. If it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred
tax asset will not be realized, a valuation allowance is recognized (see Note
5). Previously, the Company used SFAS No. 96-- "Accounting for Income Taxes."
Financial statements for the prior years have not been restated and the
cumulative effect of the accounting change was not material.
    
 
G. DEFERRED CHARGES
 
   
    Deferred charges include debt issuance costs which are amortized over the
terms of the related debt using the effective interest method. Accumulated
amortization at September 30, 1994 and 1995 was $7,822 and $9,266, respectively.
    
 
H. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
   
    The Company enters into forward currency exchange contracts and nickel
futures contracts on a continuing basis for periods consistent with its
contractual exposures. The effect of this practice is to minimize the
variability in the Company's operating results arising from foreign exchange
rate movements and nickel price movements. These contracts are considered
short-term financial instruments, the carrying value of which approximates fair
value due to the relatively short duration of the contracts. The Company does
not engage in foreign currency or nickel futures speculation. Gains and losses
on these contracts are recognized in income in the month the contracts are
settled. At September 30, 1995, the Company had $1,700 of foreign currency
exchange contracts and $4,441 of nickel futures contracts outstanding with a net
unrealized loss of $103. With respect to the Consolidated Statement of Cash
Flows, contracts accounted for as hedges are classified in the same category as
the items being hedged.
    
 
I. RECLASSIFICATIONS
 
    Certain amounts in prior year financial statements have been reclassified to
conform with current year presentation.
 
J. LIQUIDITY
 
    At September 30, 1994 and 1995, the Company has an accumulated deficit of
$165,514 and $172,285 respectively, which includes the effects of adopting SFAS
NO. 106 ($79.6 million--see Note 8) and a write-off of goodwill ($37.1
million--see Note 10) both of which occurred during 1994. The accumulated
deficit, along with increased working capital requirements due to higher sales
levels in 1995, has resulted in increased borrowings to fund the Company's
operations. In response to operating losses in 1993 and 1994, the Company
implemented cost reduction measures which, among other things, included wage and
hiring freezes, reductions in the Company's workforce by approximately
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
   
                           HAYNES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
    
 
NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED)
20%, reorganization of the Company's Sales and Marketing function, healthcare
cost containment, and certain measures designed to reduce manufacturing costs
and enhance working capital management.
 
    In 1995, the Company's sales volume and earnings before interest and taxes
improved significantly over prior years. Continued activity at current levels in
the markets served by the Company, along with consistent monitoring of cost
reduction measures as described above, should contribute to improved financial
results.
 
    Due to sales volume increases, the Company has been required to invest in
increased working capital. As of September 30, 1995, $12,477 had been borrowed
pursuant to the Existing Credit Facility (see Note 6) and approximately $2,800
in letter of credit reimbursement obligations under the letter of credit
facility have been incurred by the Company. The Company believes that borrowing
available under the Existing Credit Facility are adequate to meet its
obligations as they come due and working capital requirements through at least
fiscal 1996, although there can be no assurance with respect thereto. The
Company's ability to operate with sufficient liquidity in fiscal 1996 will
depend upon the Company's ability to generate sufficient cash. Current programs
for reducing inventory levels and improving sales volume, if successful, should
improve the Company's liquidity.
 
K. NET LOSS PER COMMON AND COMMON STOCK EQUIVALENT
 
    Net loss per common and common stock equivalent is computed based upon the
weighted average number of shares of common stock and common stock equivalents
outstanding during the period.
 
    The computation of fully diluted net loss per share was antidilutive in each
of the periods presented; therefore, the amounts reported for primary and fully
diluted loss are the same.
 
L. ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for
Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of," is effective for the year ending September
30, 1996. In the opinion of management, this statement will not impact the
Company's financial position or results of operations. SFAS No. 123, "Accounting
for Stock Based Compensation," is effective for the year ending September 30,
1997. The Company has not decided how it intends to apply the accounting and
disclosure provisions of this statement.
 
                  REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
   
                           HAYNES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
    
 
NOTE 2: INVENTORIES
 
    The following is a summary of the major classes of inventories:

                                                             SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                           ------------------
                                                            1994       1995
                                                           -------    -------

Raw materials...........................................   $ 3,395    $ 2,998
Work-in-process.........................................    29,677     38,488
Finished goods..........................................    17,858     20,616
Other...................................................       961      2,428
Amount necessary to increase (decrease) certain
  inventories to the LIFO method........................     1,652     (4,296)
                                                           -------    -------
Net inventories.........................................   $53,543    $60,234
                                                           -------    -------
                                                           -------    -------
 
    Inventories valued using the LIFO method comprises 77% and 73% of
consolidated inventories before LIFO adjustment at September 30, 1994 and 1995,
respectively.
 
NOTE 3: PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
    The following is a summary of the major classes of property, plant, and
equipment:
                                                            SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                         --------------------
                                                           1994        1995
                                                         --------    --------

Land and land improvements............................   $  1,920    $  1,920
Buildings.............................................      6,621       6,623
Machinery and equipment...............................     73,621      74,951
Construction in process...............................        202         664
                                                         --------    --------
                                                           82,364      84,158
    Less accumulated depreciation.....................    (39,245)    (47,295)
                                                         --------    --------
Net property, plant and equipment.....................   $ 43,119    $ 36,863
                                                         --------    --------
                                                         --------    --------

NOTE 4: ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES
 
    The following is a summary of the major classes of accounts payable and
accrued expenses:

                                                             SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                           ------------------
                                                            1994       1995
                                                           -------    -------

Accounts payable, trade.................................   $ 8,853    $14,477
Employee compensation...................................     1,508      1,995
Taxes, other than income taxes..........................     1,840      2,226
Interest................................................     3,209      3,160
Landfill closure costs..................................        37
Other...................................................     1,421      1,117
                                                           -------    -------
                                                           $16,868    $22,975
                                                           -------    -------
                                                           -------    -------
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
   
                           HAYNES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
    
 
NOTE 5: INCOME TAXES
 
    The components of income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income
taxes and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle consist of the
following:
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                    YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                 -------------------------------
                                                                   1993        1994       1995
                                                                 --------    --------    -------
<S>                                                              <C>         <C>         <C>
Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes
  and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
  U.S.........................................................   $(13,803)   $(58,509)   $(9,332)
  Foreign.....................................................      2,086      (1,937)     3,874
                                                                 --------    --------    -------
    Total.....................................................   $(11,717)   $(60,446)   $(5,458)
                                                                 --------    --------    -------
                                                                 --------    --------    -------
Income tax provision (benefit):
  Current:
    Foreign...................................................   $    951    $    411    $ 1,284
    State.....................................................         39          62         27
                                                                 --------    --------    -------
      Current total...........................................        990         473      1,311
                                                                 --------    --------    -------
Deferred:
    U. S. Federal.............................................     (3,945)                     2
    Foreign...................................................        152         (53)
    State.....................................................       (639)
                                                                 --------    --------    -------
      Deferred total..........................................     (4,432)        (53)         2
                                                                 --------    --------    -------
Total tax provision (benefit).................................   $ (3,442)   $    420    $ 1,313
                                                                 --------    --------    -------
                                                                 --------    --------    -------
</TABLE>
 
    The provision for (benefit from) income taxes applicable to results of
operations before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
differed from the U.S. federal statutory rate as follows:
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                     YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                  ------------------------------
                                                                   1993        1994       1995
                                                                  -------    --------    -------
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>         <C>
Statutory federal tax rate.....................................        34%         34%        34%
Tax provision (benefit) at the statutory rate..................   $(3,984)   $(20,552)   $(1,856)
Foreign tax rate differentials.................................        97         951       (162)
Goodwill amortization and write-off............................       465      12,054
Provision for (benefit from) state taxes, net of federal tax...      (396)         62         27
U.S. tax on distributed and undistributed earnings of foreign
subsidiaries...................................................       491       1,735        980
Increase in valuation allowance related to continuing
operations.....................................................                 5,639      2,057
Other..........................................................      (115)        531        267
                                                                  -------    --------    -------
Provision (benefit) at effective tax rate......................   $(3,442)   $    420    $ 1,313
                                                                  -------    --------    -------
                                                                  -------    --------    -------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
   
                           HAYNES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
    
 
NOTE 5: INCOME TAXES--(CONTINUED)

    Deferred income tax assets (liabilities) are comprised of the following:
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                             SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                          --------------------
                                                                            1994        1995
                                                                          --------    --------
<S>                                                                       <C>         <C>
Current deferred income tax assets (liabilities):
  Inventory capitalization.............................................   $    842    $    853
  Postretirement benefits other than pensions..........................      1,555       1,590
  Vacation accrual.....................................................        356         446
  Foreign tax credit carryforward......................................        287
  Other................................................................        230         606
                                                                          --------    --------
    Gross deferred tax assets..........................................      3,270       3,495
      Less: Valuation allowance........................................     (1,907)     (2,132)
                                                                          --------    --------
                                                                             1,363       1,363
  Inventory purchase accounting........................................     (5,743)     (5,637)
                                                                          --------    --------
    Total net current deferred tax liability...........................     (4,380)     (4,274)
                                                                          --------    --------
Noncurrent deferred income tax assets (liabilities):
  Property, plant and equipment, net...................................    (11,904)     (9,344)
  Prepaid pension costs................................................     (2,198)     (2,107)
  Investment in subsidiary.............................................       (475)       (466)
  Other foreign related................................................       (274)       (390)
  Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries.......................     (1,739)     (2,669)
                                                                          --------    --------
    Gross non-current deferred tax liability...........................    (16,590)    (14,976)
                                                                          --------    --------
  Other................................................................         34
  Postretirement benefits other than pensions..........................     35,001      35,182
  Executive compensation...............................................        564         553
  Investment in subsidiary.............................................                    563
  Net operating loss carryforwards.....................................     13,633      13,283
  Alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards.........................        414         414
                                                                          --------    --------
    Gross non-current deferred tax asset...............................     49,646      49,995
      Less: Valuation allowance........................................    (28,950)    (31,071)
                                                                          --------    --------
                                                                            20,696      18,924
                                                                          --------    --------
      Total net noncurrent deferred tax asset..........................      4,106       3,948
                                                                          --------    --------
        Total..........................................................   $   (274)   $   (326)
                                                                          --------    --------
                                                                          --------    --------
The valuation allowance used to offset deferred tax assets is as follows:
  Allowance at October 1, 1993.........................................               $ 24,422
  Increase in allowance................................................                  6,435
                                                                                      --------
  Allowance at September 30, 1994......................................                 30,857
  Increase in allowance................................................                  2,346
                                                                                      --------
  Allowance at September 30, 1995......................................               $ 33,203
                                                                                      --------
                                                                                      --------
</TABLE>
 
    As of September 30, 1995 the Company had net operating loss carryforwards
for regular tax purposes of approximately $36,800 (expiring in fiscal years 2005
to 2010), of which $15,200 are
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
   
                           HAYNES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
    
 
NOTE 5: INCOME TAXES--(CONTINUED)

available for alternative minimum tax. The Company has alternative minimum tax
credit carryforwards of approximately $400 which are available to reduce federal
regular income taxes, if any, over an indefinite period.
 
   
    The Company recently completed an examination by the Internal Revenue
Service (IRS) for the five taxable years ending September 30, 1993. The IRS has
proposed to disallow aggregate deductions in the amount of $5.5 million relative
to the amortization of certain loan fees, totalling $10.4 million, incurred with
the 1989 acquisition of the Company. The Company claimed similar deductions in
1994 and 1995. The Company intends to vigorously protest disallowance of these
deductions. If the Company does not prevail in its defense, then the amount of
available net operating loss carry-forwards would be reduced accordingly.
    
 
NOTE 6: DEBT
 
    Long-term debt, consists of the following:
   
                                                            SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                         --------------------
                                                           1994        1995
                                                         --------    --------
Existing Subordinated Notes (due 1997-1999, 13.5%)....   $ 90,000    $ 90,000
Existing Senior Notes (due 1998, 11.25%)..............     50,000      50,000
                                                         --------    --------
                                                         $140,000    $140,000
                                                         --------    --------
                                                         --------    --------
    
 
Bank Financing
 
    The Company has available a $16,000 working capital facility (the "Existing
Credit Facility") with Congress Financial Corporation ("Congress"). The amount
available for revolving credit loans equals the difference between the $16,000
total facility amount less any letter of credit reimbursement obligations
incurred by the Company. The total availability will not exceed the sum of 85%
of eligible accounts receivable (generally, accounts receivable of the Company
from domestic and export customers that are current or less than 60 days
outstanding) plus 60% of eligible inventories (defined to exclude work-in
process and semi-finished goods) calculated at the lower of cost or current
market value minus any availability reserves established by Congress. Loans
based on eligible inventories will be subject to a sublimit of $10,000. Unused
line fees during the revolving credit loan period are .375% of the amount by
which the $16,000 maximum credit exceeds the average daily principal balance of
the outstanding revolving loans and letter of credit accommodations. The
Existing Credit Facility also provides certain other fees payable by the
Company.
 
   
    The Existing Credit Facility bears interest at a fluctuating per annum rate
equal to 1.75% plus prime rate. At September 30, 1995 the interest rate for
revolving credit loans was 10.50%. As of September 30, 1995, $2,775 in letter of
credit reimbursement obligations have been incurred by the Company. The total
amount available for borrowings at September 30, 1995 was $748.
    
 
   
    The credit agreement contains covenants common to such agreements including
working capital and net worth requirements.
    
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
   
                           HAYNES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
    
 
NOTE 6: DEBT--(CONTINUED)

Existing Subordinated Notes
 
    The Senior Subordinated Notes of the Company (the "Existing Subordinated
Notes") are uncollateralized obligations of the Company and are subordinated in
right of payment to obligations under the Existing Senior Notes (as defined
below) and the Existing Credit Facility. The Company must retire $23,333,
$33,333, and $33,334 principal amount of the Existing Subordinated Notes in
1997, 1998, and 1999, respectively. Interest is payable semi-annually on
February 15 and August 15.
 
    The Existing Subordinated Notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at the
Company's option at any time on or after August 14, 1992 at redemption prices
ranging from 108.4% to 100% plus accrued interest to the date of redemption.
 
    The Existing Subordinated Notes limit the incurrence of additional
indebtedness, restricted payments, mergers, consolidations and asset sales.
 
Existing Senior Notes
 
    The Senior Secured Notes of the Company (the "Existing Senior Notes") are
collateralized by a first priority lien subject to certain permitted
encumbrances on substantially all of the Company's tangible and intangible
property other than accounts receivables and inventories and the proceeds
thereof. Interest is payable semi-annually on June 15 and December 15.
 
    The Existing Senior Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in
whole or in part, and at any time prior to maturity at a price equal to the
greater of (i) the present value of all remaining interest and principal
payments plus 2.0%, or (ii) 100% of principal amount plus accrued interest to
the redemption date. Upon a change of control, each holder of the Existing
Senior Notes has the right to require the Company to purchase its Existing
Senior Notes at a price equal to 101% of principal amount plus accrued interest
to the purchase date. The Existing Senior Notes are not subject to mandatory
redemption prior to maturity.
 
    The Existing Senior Notes rank senior in right of payment to all existing
and future subordinated indebtedness of the Company. The indenture contains
restrictive covenants including limitations on additional indebtedness, mergers,
consolidations, and asset sales.
 
   
    The estimated fair value, based upon an independent market quotation, of the
Company's long-term debt was approximately $95,950, and $106,750 as of September
30, 1994 and 1995, respectively. The carrying value of the Company's existing
Credit Facility approximates fair value.
    
 
Other
 
    In addition, the Company's UK Affiliate (Haynes International, Ltd.) has
recently entered into a revolving credit agreement with Midland Bank that
provides for availability of 1 million pounds sterling collateralized by the
assets of the Affiliate. This revolving credit agreement was available in its
entirety on September 30, 1995 as a means of financing the activities of the
Affiliate including payments to the Company for intercompany purchases.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
   
                           HAYNES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
    
 
NOTE 7: STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY (DEFICIT)
 
    The following is a summary of changes in stockholder's equity (deficit):
 
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                      COMMON STOCK
                                                                                  FOREIGN     TREASURY STOCK       TOTAL
                                      ------------   ADDITIONAL                  CURRENCY     --------------   STOCKHOLDER'S
                                      NO. OF   AT     PAID IN     ACCUMULATED   TRANSLATION   NO. OF    AT        EQUITY
                                      SHARES   PAR    CAPITAL       DEFICIT     ADJUSTMENT    SHARES   COST      (DEFICIT)
                                      ------   ---   ----------   -----------   -----------   ------   -----   -------------
<S>                                   <C>      <C>   <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>      <C>     <C>
Balance at September 30, 1992.......  3,600    $36    $ 46,071     $ (16,743)     $ 5,818        1     $ (20)    $  35,162
Year ended September 30, 1993:
 Net loss...........................                                  (8,275)                                       (8,275)
 Foreign exchange...................                                               (3,949)                          (3,949)
                                                                                                 -
                                      ------   ---   ----------   -----------   -----------            -----   -------------
Balance at September 30, 1993.......  3,600     36      46,071       (25,018)       1,869        1       (20)       22,938
Year ended September 30, 1994:
 Net loss...........................                                (140,496)                                     (140,496)
 Purchase of treasury stock.........                                                             5       (83)          (83)
 Reclassification of redeemable
   common stock.....................                       272                                                         272
 Foreign exchange...................                                                1,342                            1,342
                                                                                                 -
                                      ------   ---   ----------   -----------   -----------            -----   -------------
Balance at September 30, 1994.......  3,600     36      46,343      (165,514)       3,211        6      (103)     (116,027)
Year ended September 30, 1995:
 Net loss...........................                                  (6,771)                                       (6,771)
 Purchase of treasury stock.........                                                             4       (70)          (70)
 Reclassification of redeemable
   common stock.....................                       100                                                         100
 Foreign exchange...................                                                  859                              859
                                                                                                 -
                                      ------   ---   ----------   -----------   -----------            -----   -------------
Balance at September 30, 1995.......  3,600    $36    $ 46,443     $(172,285)     $ 4,070       10     $(173)    $(121,909)
                                                                                                 -
                                                                                                 -
                                      ------   ---   ----------   -----------   -----------            -----   -------------
                                      ------   ---   ----------   -----------   -----------            -----   -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
NOTE 8: PENSION PLAN AND RETIREMENT BENEFITS
 
    The Company has non-contributory defined benefit pension plans which cover
most employees in the United States and certain foreign subsidiaries.
 
    Benefits provided under the Company's domestic defined benefit pension plan
are based on years of service and the employee's final compensation. The
Company's funding policy is to contribute annually an amount deductible for
federal income tax purposes based upon an actuarial cost method and actuarial
and economic assumptions designed to achieve adequate funding of benefit
obligations.
 
    Net periodic pension cost on a consolidated basis was $447, $611, and $458
for the years ended September 30, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
   
                           HAYNES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
    
 
NOTE 8: PENSION PLAN AND RETIREMENT BENEFITS--(CONTINUED)
    For the domestic pension plan, net periodic pension cost was comprised of
the following elements:

                                                   YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                -------------------------------
                                                  1993       1994        1995
                                                --------    -------    --------
Service cost.................................   $  1,864    $ 2,165    $  1,713
Interest cost................................      6,932      6,536       7,060
Actual return on plan assets.................    (14,573)      (639)    (18,727)
Net amortization and deferral................      5,719     (7,748)     10,084
                                                --------    -------    --------
Net periodic pension cost (benefit)..........   $    (58)   $   314    $    130
                                                --------    -------    --------
                                                --------    -------    --------
 
    The following table sets forth the domestic pension plan's funded status:

                                                            SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                        ---------------------
                                                          1994        1995
                                                        --------    ---------
 
Accumulated benefit obligation, including vested
  benefits of $76,740 and $86,227, respectively......   $ 80,385    $  90,285
                                                        --------    ---------
                                                        --------    ---------
Projected benefit obligation for service rendered to
date.................................................   $(91,864)   $(103,149)
Plan assets at fair value (primarily debt
securities)..........................................    110,729      122,103
                                                        --------    ---------
Plan assets in excess of projected benefit
obligation...........................................     18,865       18,954
Unrecognized net gain from past experience different
  from that assumed and effects of changes in
assumptions..........................................    (13,235)     (13,459)
Unrecognized prior service costs.....................        (66)         (62)
                                                        --------    ---------
Prepaid pension cost recognized in the consolidated
balance sheet........................................   $  5,564    $   5,433
                                                        --------    ---------
                                                        --------    ---------
Assumptions:
Weighted average discount rate.......................       8.00%        7.00%
                                                        --------    ---------
                                                        --------    ---------
Average rate of increase in compensation levels......       5.50%        5.25%
                                                        --------    ---------
                                                        --------    ---------
Expected rate of return on plan assets during year...       8.50%        7.50%
                                                        --------    ---------
                                                        --------    ---------
 
    In addition to providing pension benefits, the Company provides certain
health care and life insurance benefits for retired employees. Substantially all
domestic employees become eligible for these benefits if they reach normal
retirement age while working for the Company. Prior to 1994, the cost of retiree
health care and life insurance benefits was recognized as expense upon payment
of claims or insurance premiums. These costs were $4,298 for the period ended
September 30, 1993.
 
    Effective October 1, 1993, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 106, "Employers Accounting for Postretirement Benefits
Other Than Pensions" (SFAS 106) which requires companies to accrue the cost of
postretirement benefits over the years employees provide services to the date of
their full eligibility for such benefits. The Company's policy is to fund the
cost of benefits on an annual basis. The Company elected to immediately
recognize the transition obligation for benefits earned as of October 1, 1993,
resulting in a pre-tax, non-cash charge of $90,210 representing a
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
   
                           HAYNES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
    
 
NOTE 8: PENSION PLAN AND RETIREMENT BENEFITS--(CONTINUED)
cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle. In addition, during
fiscal 1994 and 1995, operations were charged approximately $7,997 and $4,671
for these benefits.
 
    Effective January 1, 1995, the Company amended its health care plan by
requiring retirees and surviving spouses to share in the cost of medical care by
paying a portion of the cost of continuing health care insurance protection. As
a result of this amendment, the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
was reduced by $13,583 and will be amortized to operations over approximately
12.5 years.
 
    Because of unfavorable operating results in recent years and the Company's
net operating loss carryforward position (see Note 5), the Company is able to
recognize only a partial tax benefit resulting from this charge to operations.
Therefore a valuation reserve has been established to offset the deferred tax
asset created by this charge to operations. If in the future the facts and
circumstances of the Company's financial position and operating performance
change, the valuation reserve will be adjusted accordingly. The effect of SFAS
106 and the establishment of the valuation reserve reduced net worth at
September 30, 1994 by $79,630.
 
    The following sets forth the funded status of the plans in the aggregate
reconciled with amounts reported in the Company's statement of financial
position:
                                                             SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                           ------------------
                                                            1994       1995
                                                           -------    -------

Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (APBO):
  Retirees and dependents...............................   $59,907    $47,039
  Active plan participants eligible to receive
benefits................................................     8,286      6,941
  Active plan participants not yet eligible to receive
    benefits............................................    18,087     15,823
                                                           -------    -------
    Total APBO..........................................    86,280     69,803
  Unrecognized prior service cost.......................               12,674
  Unrecognized net gain.................................     7,868     12,353
                                                           -------    -------
    Accrued postretirement liability....................   $94,148    $94,830
                                                           -------    -------
                                                           -------    -------

    Net periodic postretirement benefit cost included the following components:

                                                                YEAR ENDED
                                                              SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                             ----------------
                                                              1994      1995
                                                             ------    ------
 
Service cost..............................................   $1,624    $1,036
Interest cost.............................................    6,373     5,126
Amortization of net gain..................................               (582)
Amortization of prior service cost........................               (909)
                                                             ------    ------
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost..................   $7,997    $4,671
                                                             ------    ------
                                                             ------    ------
 
    An 11.98 percent annual rate of increase for ages under 65 and a 9.66
percent annual rate of increase for ages over 65 in the costs of covered health
care benefits was assumed for 1996, gradually decreasing for both age groups to
5.25 percent by the year 2009. Increasing the assumed health care
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
   
                           HAYNES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
    
 
NOTE 8: PENSION PLAN AND RETIREMENT BENEFITS--(CONTINUED)
cost trend rates by one percentage point in each year would increase the
accumulated postretirement benefit obligation as of September 30, 1995 by
$10,257 and increase the net periodic postretirement benefit cost for 1995 by
$1,576. A discount rate of 7.5 percent was used to determine the accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation at September 30, 1995 and 8.0 percent at
September 30, 1994.
 
    The Company sponsors certain profit sharing and performance plans for the
benefit of employees meeting certain eligibility requirements. There were no
contributions for these plans for the three years in the period ended September
30, 1995.
 
NOTE 9: COMMITMENTS
 
    The Company leases certain transportation vehicles, warehouse facilities,
office space and machinery and equipment under cancelable and non-cancelable
leases, most of which expire within 10 years and may be renewed by the Company.
Rent expense under such arrangements totaled $1,609, $1,567 and $1,431 for the
period ended September 30, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively. Future minimum
rental commitments under non-cancelable leases in effect at September 30, 1995
are as follows:
 
1996..............................................................   $1,826

1997..............................................................      964
1998..............................................................      718
1999..............................................................      522
2000 and thereafter...............................................    1,026
                                                                     ------
                                                                     $5,056
                                                                     ------
                                                                     ------
 
NOTE 10: OTHER
 
    Other costs, net consists of net foreign currency transaction losses in the
amounts of $54, $56 and $207 for the periods ended September 30, 1993, 1994 and
1995, respectively, and miscellaneous costs.
 
    At September 30, 1994 the Company elected to write-off the remaining
goodwill balance of $37,117. The reason for the write-off was that excess
industry capacity, aggressive competitive activity, just-in-time inventory
management programs, and weakness in certain economic sectors of the economy
have been adversely affecting the specialty corrosion and high-temperature alloy
industry operating conditions and the Company's operating results since 1992.
Accordingly, the Company revised its projections and determined that its
projected operating results would not support the future amortization of the
Company's remaining goodwill balance.
 
    The methodology employed to assess the recoverability of the Company's
goodwill first involved the projection of operating results forward 25 years,
which approximated the remaining amortization period of goodwill as of September
30, 1994. The Company then evaluated the recoverability of goodwill on the basis
of this forecast of future operations. Based on this forecast, the cumulative
discounted net loss, before goodwill amortization and after interest expense,
was insufficient to recover the remaining goodwill balance and accordingly,
operations were charged for the entire unamortized balance.
 
    The Company, like others in similar businesses, is involved as defendant in
several legal actions and is subject to extensive federal, state and local
environmental laws and regulations. Although Company
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
   
                           HAYNES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
    
 
NOTE 10: OTHER--(CONTINUED)
environmental policies and practices are designed to ensure compliance with
these laws and regulations, future developments and increasingly stringent
regulation could require the Company to make additional unforeseen environmental
expenditures.
 
    Although the level of future expenditures for environmental and other legal
matters cannot be determined with any degree of certainty, based on the facts
presently known to it, management does not believe that such costs will have a
material effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or
liquidity.
 
NOTE 11: STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
   
    The Company has a stock option plan (the "Plan"). Under the Plan, options to
purchase up to 511,803 shares of common stock may be granted to certain
employees at a price not less than the lower of book value or 50% of fair market
value, as defined in the Plan. The options must be exercised within ten years
from the date of grant and become exercisable on a pro rata basis over a
five-year period from the date of grant, subject to approval by the Board of
Directors.
    
 
   
    All holders of options with exercise prices of $4.04 and $5.73 per share
have the right to redeem such options at a price equal to book value per share,
as defined in the Plan. Further, the Company has the right to call these options
at an amount equal to the greater of $17.70 per share or fair market value per
share, as defined in the Plan. The difference between the fair market value of
the stock on the last measurement date and the exercise price of these options
is classified as redeemable common stock. Due to the redemption of some of these
options, redeemable common stock was reduced by $1,046 and $454 during 1994 and
1995, respectively.
    
 
   
    Certain holders of 180,793 options with exercise prices of $8.85 per share
have the right to redeem such options at a price equal to book value per share,
as defined in the Plan. Further, the Company has the right to call these options
at an amount equal to the greater of $8.85 per share (the estimated fair market
value on the last measurement date) or fair market value per share, as defined
in the Plan.
    
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
   
                           HAYNES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
    
 
NOTE 11: STOCK OPTION PLAN--(CONTINUED)
    Pertinent information covering the plan is as follows:
 
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                NUMBER OF    COMMON PRICE     FISCAL YEAR       SHARES
                                                 SHARES       PER SHARE      OF EXPIRATION    EXERCISABLE
                                                ---------    ------------    -------------    -----------
<S>                                             <C>          <C>             <C>              <C>
Outstanding of September 30, 1992............     359,359    $4.04-$8.85       1999-2002        310,794
  Granted....................................     112,996           8.85
  Redeemed...................................      --            --
  Cancelled..................................      --            --
                                                ---------
Outstanding of September 30, 1993............     472,355    $4.04-$8.85       1999-2003        334,511
  Granted....................................       3,955           8.85
  Redeemed...................................     (78,710)     4.04-5.73
  Cancelled..................................     (60,622)          8.85
                                                ---------
Outstanding of September 30, 1994............     336,978    $4.04-$8.85       1999-2004        245,451
  Granted....................................     182,432           8.85
  Redeemed...................................     (35,480)     4.04-5.73
  Cancelled..................................     (20,622)          8.85
                                                ---------
Outstanding of September 30, 1995............     463,308      4.04-8.85       1999-2005        213,079
                                                ---------    ------------                     -----------
                                                ---------    ------------                     -----------
Options Outstanding at September30, 1995
  consist of:
                                                   55,660          $4.04                         55,660
                                                   55,666           5.73                         55,666
                                                  351,982           8.85                        101,573
                                                ---------                                     -----------
                                                  463,308                                       213,079
                                                ---------                                     -----------
                                                ---------                                     -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
NOTE 12: FINANCIAL INFORMATION BY GEOGRAPHIC AREA
 
   
    The Company develops, manufactures and markets high performance alloys
engineered to withstand hostile environments. During 1994, sales to a single
customer approximated $15,452 or 10% of net revenues. During 1995, sales to one
group of affiliated customers approximated $23,718 or 12% of net revenues.
    
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
   
                           HAYNES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
    
 
NOTE 12: FINANCIAL INFORMATION BY GEOGRAPHIC AREA--(CONTINUED)
    Financial information by geographic area is as follows:
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                   YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                               --------------------------------
                                                                 1993        1994        1995
                                                               --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                            <C>         <C>         <C>
Revenues
    United States...........................................   $109,061    $ 94,830    $122,334
    Export sales............................................     40,634      43,045      63,235
                                                               --------    --------    --------
                                                                149,695     137,875     185,569
    Europe..................................................     32,934      31,560      42,935
                                                               --------    --------    --------
                                                                182,629     169,435     228,504
    Less: eliminations......................................     20,175      18,857      26,571
                                                               --------    --------    --------
    Net revenues............................................   $162,454    $150,578    $201,933
                                                               --------    --------    --------
                                                               --------    --------    --------
Operating income (loss) and other cost, net
    United States...........................................   $  5,047    $(38,636)   $ 10,825
    Europe..................................................      2,148      (1,894)      3,950
                                                               --------    --------    --------
Total operating income (loss) and other cost, net...........      7,195     (40,530)     14,775
Interest....................................................     18,912      19,916      20,233
                                                               --------    --------    --------
Loss before provision for (benefit from) income taxes and
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle.......   $(11,717)   $(60,446)   $ (5,458)
                                                               --------    --------    --------
                                                               --------    --------    --------
Identifiable assets
    United States...........................................   $159,498    $115,251    $116,428
    Europe..................................................     23,758      24,490      29,649
    General corporate assets*...............................     10,514       5,690       5,035
    Equity in affiliates....................................        430         292         204
                                                               --------    --------    --------
                                                               $194,200    $145,723    $151,316
                                                               --------    --------    --------
                                                               --------    --------    --------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
* General corporate assets include cash, temporary cash investments and income
  tax receivables.
 
NOTE 13: SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED)
 
   
    The Company is anticipating a 1-for-1.77 reverse split of the Company's
common stock to be effective prior to the consummation of a public offering of
the Company's Common Stock. The Company's historical balance sheet, per share
and stock option plan data have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the new
capital structure.
    
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                           HAYNES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                      CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                       SEPTEMBER 30,     MARCH 31,
                                                                           1995            1996
                                                                       -------------    -----------
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                    <C>              <C>
ASSETS:
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.........................................     $   5,035       $    3,550
  Accounts and notes receivable, less allowance for doubtful
    accounts of $979 and $1,019, respectively.......................        38,089           43,198
  Inventories.......................................................        60,234           64,500
                                                                       -------------    -----------
    Total current assets............................................       103,358          111,248
                                                                       -------------    -----------
Net property, plant and equipment...................................        36,863           33,264
Prepayments and deferred charges, net...............................        11,095           10,474
                                                                       -------------    -----------
    Total assets....................................................     $ 151,316       $  154,986
                                                                       -------------    -----------
                                                                       -------------    -----------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT:
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses.............................     $  22,975       $   24,454
  Accrued postretirement benefits...................................         4,100            4,100
  Revolving credit..................................................        12,477           14,928
  Income taxes payable..............................................         1,190            1,468
                                                                       -------------    -----------
    Total current liabilities.......................................        40,742           44,950
                                                                       -------------    -----------
Long-term debt......................................................       140,000          140,000
Deferred income taxes...............................................           326               54
Accrued postretirement benefits.....................................        90,730           90,930
                                                                       -------------    -----------
    Total liabilities...............................................       271,798          275,934
                                                                       -------------    -----------
Redeemable common stock.............................................         1,427            1,427
Stockholders' deficit:
  Common stock, $.01 par value (10,000,000 shares authorized,
3,600,208 issued)...................................................            36               36
  Additional paid-in capital........................................        46,443           46,443
  Accumulated deficit...............................................      (172,285)        (172,029)
  Foreign currency translation adjustment...........................         4,070            3,348
                                                                       -------------    -----------
                                                                          (121,736)        (122,202)
  Less: Treasury stock, at cost (9,774 shares)......................          (173)            (173)
                                                                       -------------    -----------
    Total stockholders' deficit.....................................      (121,909)        (122,375)
                                                                       -------------    -----------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit.....................     $ 151,316       $  154,986
                                                                       -------------    -----------
                                                                       -------------    -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
   
                           HAYNES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
    
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                          SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                             MARCH 31,
                                                                      ------------------------
                                                                         1995          1996
                                                                      ----------    ----------
 
<S>                                                                   <C>           <C>
Net revenues.......................................................   $   93,516    $  109,985
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of sales....................................................       80,732        88,406
  Selling and administrative.......................................        7,790         8,430
  Research and technical...........................................        1,521         1,675
  Other cost, net..................................................          259           377
  Interest expense.................................................       10,034        10,266
  Interest income..................................................         (157)         (183)
                                                                      ----------    ----------
Total costs and expenses...........................................      100,179       108,971
                                                                      ----------    ----------
  Income (loss) before provision for income taxes..................       (6,663)        1,014
Provision for income taxes.........................................          208           758
                                                                      ----------    ----------
  Net income (loss)................................................   $   (6,871)   $      256
                                                                      ----------    ----------
                                                                      ----------    ----------
Per share data:
  Net income (loss)................................................   $    (1.91)   $     0.07
                                                                      ----------    ----------
                                                                      ----------    ----------
  Weighted average common and common stock equivalents.............    3,591,775     3,590,457
                                                                      ----------    ----------
                                                                      ----------    ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                           HAYNES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                             SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                MARCH 31,
                                                                            ------------------
                                                                             1995       1996
                                                                            -------    -------
 
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income (loss)......................................................   $(6,871)   $   256
  Depreciation...........................................................     4,090      3,924
  Amortization...........................................................       729        715
  Adjustments (net)......................................................    (1,984)    (8,455)
                                                                            -------    -------
  Net cash used in operating activities..................................    (4,036)    (3,560)
                                                                            -------    -------
Cash flows from investment and other activities:
  Additions to property..................................................      (866)      (374)
  Other investment activities............................................         1         60
                                                                            -------    -------
  Net cash used in investment activities.................................      (865)      (314)
                                                                            -------    -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Net additions to revolving credit......................................     4,768      2,452
  Other financing activities.............................................       (41)
                                                                            -------    -------
  Net cash provided from financing activities............................     4,727      2,452
                                                                            -------    -------
Effect of exchange rates on cash.........................................       273        (63)
                                                                            -------    -------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents.........................        99     (1,485)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period...........................     5,690      5,035
                                                                            -------    -------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period.................................   $ 5,789    $ 3,550
                                                                            -------    -------
                                                                            -------    -------
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
  Cash paid during period for:  Interest.................................   $ 9,305    $ 9,551
  Income taxes...........................................................       164        729
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
   
                           HAYNES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
              NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    The interim financial statements are unaudited and reflect all adjustments
(consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments) that, in the opinion of
management, are necessary for a fair presentation of results of the interim
periods presented. This report includes information in a condensed form and
should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements
for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1995. The results of operations for the
six moths ended March 31, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of the results to
be expected for the full year or any other interim period.
 
NOTE 2. INVENTORIES
 
    The following is a summary of the major classes of inventories:
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1995    MARCH 31, 1996
                                               ------------------    --------------
                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                            <C>                   <C>
Raw materials...............................        $  2,998            $  5,387
Work-in-process.............................          38,488              37,530
Finished goods..............................          20,616              26,498
Other, net..................................          (1,868)             (4,915)
                                                    --------         --------------
Net inventories.............................        $ 60,234            $ 64,500
                                                    --------         --------------
                                                    --------         --------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 3. DEBT
 
    During February 1996, the Company increased the maximum amount available on
its Existing Credit Facility from $16,000 to $25,000.
 
NOTE 4. INCOME TAXES
 
    The provision for income taxes for the six months ended March 31, 1995 and
1996 differed from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 34% primarily due to taxes
on foreign earnings against which the Company was unable to utilize its U.S.
federal net operating loss carryforwards.
 
NOTE 5. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
 
   
    The Company is anticipating a 1-for-1.77 reverse split of the Company's
common stock to be effective prior to the consummation of a public offering of
the Company's common stock. The Company's historical balance sheet and per share
data have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the new capital structure.
    
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>


























   
              Picture of four-high, reversing plate/Steckel mill.

                   Picture of high temperature alloy testing.

               Picture of high temperature alloy stress testing.

           Picture of computer controlled four-high Steckel process.
    





<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
    NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO
GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH
THIS OFFERING OTHER THAN THOSE
CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF                     2,438,446 SHARES
GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH OTHER INFORMATION                            
AND REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE                                  
RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED                         HAYNES
BY THE COMPANY, THE SELLING                                INTERNATIONAL
STOCKHOLDERS OR THE UNDERWRITERS.                          -------------
NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS                               
PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE
HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION                      COMMON STOCK
THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE
AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE
HEREOF OR THAT THE INFORMATION
CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY
TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE. THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN
OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN
OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES OTHER
THAN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES TO
WHICH IT RELATES. THE PROSPECTUS DOES
NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY SUCH                    -------------------
SECURITIES IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES IN                          PROSPECTUS
WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS                     -------------------
UNLAWFUL.                                                        
                                                                 
           -------------------                                   
                                                                 
           TABLE OF CONTENTS                         
                                              PAGE   
                                              ----   
                                                     
Prospectus Summary..........................     3   
Risk Factors................................    11   
The Company.................................    17   
The Recapitalization........................    17   PAINEWEBBER INCORPORATED
Use of Proceeds.............................    19               
Capitalization..............................    20               
Dividends...................................    21               
Dilution....................................    21               
Selected Consolidated Financial Data........    22      MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
Management's Discussion and Analysis of                          
  Financial Condition and Results of                             
Operations..................................    25               
Business....................................    39      
Management..................................    53               
Certain Transactions........................    62               
Principal and Selling Stockholders..........    63               
Description of Indebtedness.................    64               
Description of Capital Stock................    66               
Underwriting................................    69      
Legal Matters...............................    70      
Experts.....................................    70      
Additional Information......................    71
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements..   F-1


                              -------------------

    UNTIL       , 1996, ALL DEALERS EFFECTING
TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER
OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE       -------------------
REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN                     
ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A                   , 1996
PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH
RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
   
    EXPENSES                                                        AMOUNT
- ----------------------------------------------------------------   --------

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee.............   $ 21,380
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. fee............      6,700
Nasdaq listing fee..............................................     33,500
Printing and engraving expenses.................................    112,500
Legal fees and expenses.........................................    300,000
Accounting expenses and fees....................................    180,000
Transfer Agent and Registrar fees...............................      5,000
Blue Sky fees and expenses (including fees of counsel)..........     20,000
Miscellaneous...................................................     20,920
                                                                   --------
    Total.......................................................   $700,000
                                                                   --------
                                                                   --------
    
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
    The Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant provides for the
indemnification by the Registrant of each individual who was or is made a party
or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in an action, suit or
proceeding by reason of the fact that such individual, or an individual of whom
such individual is the legal representative, (i) is or was a director or officer
of the Registrant, (ii) is or was serving (at such time as such individual is or
was a director or officer of such Registrant) at the request of the Registrant
as a director, officer, partner, trustee, administrator, employee or agent of
another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans to the
fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporations Law. Section 145
of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware ("Section 145") provides
that a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware may indemnify directors,
officers, employees, and agents. Section 145 provides in pertinent part as
follows:
 
    (a) A corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action,
suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
(other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the
fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted
in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action
or proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The
termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement,
conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of
itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a
manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
 
    (b) A corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or
suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by
reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of
the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at
the request of he corporation as a director,
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>

officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the
request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against
expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be
made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have
been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that
the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought
shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but
in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and
reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court of Chancery
or such other court shall deem proper.
 
    (c) To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of a
corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any
action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section
145, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be
indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably
incurred by him in connection therewith.
 
   
    (d) Any indemnification under subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 (unless
ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the
specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director,
officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the
applicable standard of conduct set forth in subsections (a) and (b) of Section
145. Such determination shall be made (1) by the board of directors by a
majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such
action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even
if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent
legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.
    
 
    (e) Expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by an officer or director
in defending any civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative action, suit
or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition
of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on
behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately
be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as
authorized in Section 145. Such expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by
other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if
any, as the board of directors deems appropriate.
 
    (f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted
pursuant to, the other subsections of Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive
of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of
expenses may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or
disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity
and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.
 
    (g) A corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on
behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him
and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such,
whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against
such liability under this section.
 
                                      ***
 
    (j) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted
pursuant to, this section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or
ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer,
employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and
administrators of such person.
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
    Not Applicable.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
    (a) Exhibits:
 
    The list of exhibits is incorporated herein by reference to the Index to
Exhibits on pages E-1 through E-4.
 
    (b) Financial Statement Schedules:
 
    All other financial statement schedules are omitted since the required
information is not applicable or is not present in amounts sufficient to require
submission of the schedules or because the information is included in the
Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    The Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters at the
closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
    Insofar as indemnification by the Registrant for liabilities arising under
the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or
otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities
and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim
for indemnification for such liabilities (other than the payment by the
Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will
be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
    The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
        (1) For purposes of determining any liabilities under the Securities Act
    of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
    of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in
    the form of prospectus to be filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule
    424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be
    part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared
    effective.
 
        (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
    Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
    prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to
    the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
    time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Kokomo, State of Indiana,
on July 15, 1996.
    
 
                                          HAYNES HOLDINGS, INC.
 
                                          By:   /s/ MICHAEL D. AUSTIN
                                              ..................................
 
                                              Michael D. Austin, President And
                                             Chief Executive Officer
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                     CAPACITY                       DATE
                                       -------------------------------------   --------------
<S>                                    <C>                                     <C>
 
        /s/ MICHAEL D. AUSTIN          President and Chief Executive Officer   July 15, 1996
 .....................................    (Principal Executive Officer) and
          Michael D. Austin              Director
 
        /s/ PERRY J. LEWIS *           Director                                July 15, 1996
 .....................................
           Perry J. Lewis
 
        /s/ JOHN A. MORGAN *           Director                                July 15, 1996
 .....................................
           John A. Morgan
 
       /s/ THOMAS F. GITHENS *         Director                                July 15, 1996
 .....................................
          Thomas F. Githens
 
          /s/ SANGWOO AHN *            Director                                July 15, 1996
 .....................................
             Sangwoo Ahn
 
           /s/ IRA STARR *             Director                                July 15, 1996
 .....................................
              Ira Starr
 
          /s/ ROBERT EGAN *            Director                                July 15, 1996
 .....................................
             Robert Egan
 
        /s/ JOSEPH F. BARKER           Chief Financial Officer; Vice           July 15, 1996
 .....................................    President--Finance; Treasurer;
          Joseph F. Barker               Secretary; Director (Principal
                                         Financial Officer)
 
       /s/ THEODORE T. BROWN *         Controller (Principal Accounting        July 15, 1996
 .....................................    Officer)
          Theodore T. Brown
 
*By:    /s/ JOSEPH F. BARKER
    .................................
          Joseph F. Barker,
          Attorney-in-Fact
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                                           SEQUENTIAL
    NUMBER                                                                                  NUMBERING
  ASSIGNED IN                                                                              SYSTEM PAGE
REGULATION S-K                                                                              NUMBER OF
   ITEM 601                                   DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                         EXHIBIT
- ---------------           --------------------------------------------------------------   -----------
<S>               <C>     <C>                                                              <C>
    (1)             1.01  Form of Underwriting Agreement.**
    (2)             2.01  Form of Plan of Merger.**
                    2.02  Form of Agreement of Merger.**
    (3)             3.01  Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant. (Incorporated by
                          reference to Exhibit 3.02 to Registration Statement on Form
                          S-4, Registration
                          No. 33-66346).
                    3.02  Bylaws of Registrant. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                          3.04 to Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration No.
                          33-66346).
                    3.03  Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation
                          of the Registrant.
    (4)             4.01  See Exhibits 3.01 and 3.02.
                    4.02  Indenture, dated as of August 31, 1989, between Haynes
                          Acquisition Corporation and The Connecticut National Bank,
                          relating to the 13 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 1999,
                          table of contents and cross-reference sheet. (Incorporated by
                          reference to Exhibit 4.02 to Registration Statement on Form
                          S-1, Registration No. 33-32617.)
                    4.03  First Supplement to Indenture, dated as of August 31, 1989,
                          among Haynes International, Inc., Haynes Acquisition
                          Corporation and The Connecticut National Bank. (Incorporated
                          by reference to Exhibit 4.03 to Registration Statement on
                          Form S-1, Registration No. 33-32617.)
                    4.04  Second Supplement to Indenture, dated as of February 5, 1990,
                          between Haynes International, Inc. and The Connecticut
                          National Bank. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.09 to
                          Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1,
                          Registration
                          No. 33-32617.)

                    4.05  Third Supplement to Indenture, dated as of February 9, 1995,
                          between Haynes International, Inc. and Shawmut Bank
                          Connecticut, National Association (formerly known as The
                          Connecticut National Bank.)*
 
                    4.06  Fourth Supplement to Indenture, dated as of January 31, 1996,
                          between Haynes International, Inc. and Fleet National Bank of
                          Connecticut (formerly known as Shawmut Bank Connecticut,
                          National Association, formerly known as The Connecticut
                          National Bank.)*
 
                    4.07  Indenture, dated as of July 1, 1993, among Haynes
                          International, Inc., Haynes Holdings, Inc. and Society
                          National Bank, Indiana, as Trustee, relating to the 11 1/4%
                          Senior Secured Notes Due 1998, table of contents and
                          cross-reference sheet. (Incorporated by
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
 * Previously filed.
 
** To be filed by amendment.
 
                                      E-1
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                                           SEQUENTIAL
    NUMBER                                                                                  NUMBERING
  ASSIGNED IN                                                                              SYSTEM PAGE
REGULATION S-K                                                                              NUMBER OF
   ITEM 601                                   DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                         EXHIBIT
- ---------------           --------------------------------------------------------------   -----------
                          reference to Exhibit 4.01 to the Registration Statement on
                          Form S-4, Registration No. 33-66346.)
<S>               <C>     <C>                                                              <C>
 
                    4.08  Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 1, 1993, by and
                          among Haynes International, Inc., Haynes Holdings, Inc. and
                          Prudential Securities Incorporated. (Incorporated by reference
                          to Exhibit 4.03 to Registration Statement on Form S-4,
                          Registration No. 33-66346.)
 
                    4.09  Form of 11 1/4% Senior Secured Note Due 1998, Series B.
                          (Included as Appendix B to the Indenture filed as Exhibit
                          4.07.) (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.02 to the
                          Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration No.
                          33-66346.)
 
                    4.10  Indenture, dated as of August       , 1996, among Haynes
                          International, Inc., Haynes Corp. and National City Bank,
                          Cleveland, Ohio, as Trustee, relating to the    % Senior Notes
                          Due 2004, table of contents and cross-reference sheet.**
 
                    4.11  Form of    % Senior Note Due 2004.**
 
                    4.12  Specimen Stock Certificate for Common Stock.**
 
    (5)             5.01  Opinion of Ice Miller Donadio & Ryan as to the legality of the
                          Common Stock to be registered.**
 
    (6)                   No Exhibit.
 
    (7)                   No Exhibit.
 
    (8)                   No Exhibit.
 
    (9)                   No Exhibit.
 
    (10)           10.01  Form of Severance Agreements, dated as of March 10, 1989,
                          between Haynes International, Inc. and the employees of Haynes
                          International, Inc. named in the schedule to the Exhibit.
                          (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.03 to Registration
                          Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 33-32617.)
 
                   10.02  Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 31, 1989, among Haynes
                          Acquisition Corporation, Haynes Holdings, Inc. and Purchasers
                          named on the signature pages relating to the sale of the 13
                          1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 1999 and Common Stock of
                          Haynes Holdings, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                          4.01 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No.
                          33-32617.)
 
                   10.03  Stock Subscription Agreement, dated as of August 31, 1989,
                          among Haynes Holdings, Inc., Haynes International, Inc. and
                          the persons listed on the signature pages thereto (Investors).
                          (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.07 to Registration
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
 * Previously filed.
 
** To be filed by amendment.
 
                                      E-2
<PAGE>
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                                           SEQUENTIAL
    NUMBER                                                                                  NUMBERING
  ASSIGNED IN                                                                              SYSTEM PAGE
REGULATION S-K                                                                              NUMBER OF
   ITEM 601                                   DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                         EXHIBIT
- ---------------           --------------------------------------------------------------   -----------
<S>               <C>     <C>                                                              <C>
                          Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 33-32617.)

                   10.04  Amendment to the Stock Subscription Agreement To Add a Party,
                          dated August 14, 1992, among Haynes Holdings, Inc., Haynes
                          International, Inc., MLGA Fund II, L.P., and the persons
                          listed on the signature pages thereto. (Incorporated by
                          reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Registration Statement on Form
                          S-4, Registration No. 33-66346.)
 
                   10.05  Second Amendment to Stock Subscription Agreement, dated March
                          16, 1993, among Haynes Holdings, Inc., Haynes International,
                          Inc., MLGA Fund II, L.P., MLGAL Partners, Limited Partnership,
                          and the persons listed on the signature pages thereto.
                          (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Registration
                          Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 33-66346.)
 
                   10.06  Stockholders Agreement, dated as of August 31, 1989, among
                          Haynes Holdings, Inc. and the persons listed on the signature
                          pages thereto (Investors). (Incorporated by reference to
                          Exhibit 4.08 to Registration Statement on Form S-1,
                          Registration No. 33-32617.)
 
                   10.07  Amendment to the Stockholders Agreement To Add a Party, dated
                          August 14, 1992, among Haynes Holdings, Inc., MLGA Fund II,
                          L.P., and the persons listed on the signature pages thereto.
                          (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Registration
                          Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 33-66346.)
 
                   10.08  Investment Agreement, dated August 10, 1992, between MLGA Fund
                          II, L.P., and Haynes Holdings, Inc. (Incorporated by reference
                          to Exhibit 10.22 to Registration Statement on Form S-4,
                          Registration No. 33-66346.)
 
                   10.09  Investment Agreement, dated August 10, 1992, between MLGAL
                          Partners, Limited Partnership and Haynes Holdings, Inc.
                          (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Registration
                          Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 33-66346.)
 
                   10.10  Investment Agreement, dated August 10, 1992, between Thomas F.
                          Githens and Haynes Holdings, Inc. (Incorporated by reference
                          to Exhibit 10.24 to Registration Statement on Form S-4,
                          Registration No. 33-66346.)
 
                   10.11  Consent and Waiver Agreement, dated August 14, 1992, among
                          Haynes Holdings, Inc., Haynes International, Inc., MLGA Fund
                          II, L.P., and the persons listed on the signature pages
                          thereto. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to
                          Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration No.
                          33-66346.)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
 * Previously filed.
 
** To be filed by amendment.
 
                                      E-3
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                                              SEQUENTIAL
    NUMBER                                                                                  NUMBERING
  ASSIGNED IN                                                                              SYSTEM PAGE
REGULATION S-K                                                                              NUMBER OF
   ITEM 601                                   DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                         EXHIBIT
- ---------------           --------------------------------------------------------------   -----------
<S>               <C>     <C>                                                              <C>
                   10.12  Retirement Agreement, dated as of May 21, 1993, between Haynes
                          International, Inc. and Paul F. Troiano. (Incorporated by
                          reference to Exhibit 10.02 to Registration Statement on Form
                          S-4, Registration No. 33-66346).
 
                   10.13  Purchase Agreement, dated June 30, 1993, by and among Haynes
                          International, Inc., Haynes Holdings, Inc. and Prudential
                          Securities Incorporated relating to the sale of 11 1/4% Senior
                          Secured Notes Due 1998, Series A. (Incorporated by reference
                          to Exhibit 10.20 to Registration Statement on Form S-4,
                          Registration No. 33-66346.)
 
                   10.14  Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of September 1, 1993,
                          by and among Haynes International, Inc., Haynes Holdings, Inc.
                          and Michael D. Austin. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                          10.26 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration
                          No. 33-66346.)
 
                   10.15  Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of July 15, 1996
                          by and among Haynes International, Inc., Haynes Holdings, Inc.
                          and Michael D. Austin.
 
                   10.16  Loan and Security Agreement, dated August 11, 1994, between
                          Congress Financial Corporation (Central) and Haynes
                          International, Inc.*
 
                   10.17  Amendment No. 1 to Loan and Security Agreement, dated February
                          9, 1995, by and between Congress Financial Corporation
                          (Central) and Haynes International, Inc.*
 
                   10.18  Amendment No. 2 to Loan and Security Agreement, dated February
                          12, 1996, by and between Congress Financial Corporation
                          (Central) and Haynes International, Inc.*
 
                   10.19  Haynes Holdings, Inc. Employee Stock Option Plan.
                          (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.08 to Registration
                          Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 33-32617.)
 
                   10.20  Form of "New Option" Agreements between Haynes Holdings, Inc.
                          and the executive officers of Haynes International, Inc. named
                          in the schedule to the Exhibit. (Incorporated by reference to
                          Exhibit 10.09 to Registration Statement on Form S-1,
                          Registration No. 33-32617.)
 
                   10.21  Form of "September Option" Agreements between Haynes Holdings,
                          Inc. and the executive officers of Haynes International, Inc.
                          named in the schedule to the Exhibit. (Incorporated by
                          reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Registration Statement on Form
                          S-1, Registration No. 33-32617.)
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
 * Previously filed.
 
** To be filed by amendment.
 
                                      E-4
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE><CAPTION>
   
                                                                                           SEQUENTIAL
    NUMBER                                                                                  NUMBERING
  ASSIGNED IN                                                                              SYSTEM PAGE
REGULATION S-K                                                                              NUMBER OF
   ITEM 601                                   DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                         EXHIBIT
- ---------------           --------------------------------------------------------------   -----------
<S>               <C>     <C>                                                              <C>

                   10.22  Form of "January 1992 Option" Agreements between Haynes
                          Holdings, Inc. and the executive officers of Haynes
                          International, Inc. named in the schedule to the Exhibit.
                          (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.08 to Registration
                          Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 33-66346.)
 
                   10.23  Form of "Amendment to Holdings Option Agreements" between
                          Haynes Holdings, Inc. and the executive officers of Haynes
                          International, Inc. named in the schedule to the Exhibit.
                          (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.09 to Registration
                          Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 33-66346.)
 
                   10.24  Haynes International, Inc. 1996 Employee Stock Option Plan*
 
                   10.25  Form of "Employee Option" Agreements between Haynes Holdings,
                          Inc. and the executive officers of Haynes Holdings, Inc. named
                          in the schedule to the Exhibit.**
 
    (11)                  No Exhibit.
 
    (12)           12.01  Statement re: computation of ratio of earnings to fixed
                          charges.**
 
    (14)                  No Exhibit.
 
    (15)                  No Exhibit.
 
    (16)                  No Exhibit.
 
    (21)           21.01  Subsidiaries of the Registrant. (Incorporated by reference to
                          Exhibit 21.01 to Registration Statement on Form S-4,
                          Registration No. 33-66346.)
 
    (23)           23.01  Consent of Coopers & Lybrand, L.L.P. dated July 17, 1996.
 
                   23.02  Consent of Ice Miller Donadio & Ryan. (Included as part of
                          Exhibit 5.01.)
 
    (24)           24.01  Power of Attorney. (See Signature Pages.)
 
    (25)           25.01  Statement of Eligibility of The Connecticut National Bank, as
                          Trustee under the Indenture for 13 1/2% Senior Subordinated
                          Notes, Due 1999. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 26.01
                          to Registration Statement on Form S-1, No. 33-32617.)
 
                   25.02  Statement of Eligibility of National City Bank, Cleveland, Ohio,
                          Indiana, as Trustee under the Indenture for the 11 1/4% Senior 
                          Secured Notes, Due 1998. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                          25.01 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration 
                          No. 33-66346.)
 
                   25.03  Statement of Eligibility of National City Bank, Cleveland,
                          Ohio, as Trustee under the Indenture for    % Senior Notes Due
                          2004.**
 
    (26)                  No Exhibit.
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
 * Previously filed.
 
** To be filed by amendment.
 
                                      E-5
<PAGE>
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                                           SEQUENTIAL
    NUMBER                                                                                  NUMBERING
  ASSIGNED IN                                                                              SYSTEM PAGE
REGULATION S-K                                                                              NUMBER OF
   ITEM 601                                   DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                         EXHIBIT
- ---------------           --------------------------------------------------------------   -----------
<S>               <C>     <C>                                                              <C>
    (27)           27.01  Financial Data Schedule.*
 
    (28)                  No Exhibit.
 
    (99)                  No Exhibit.
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
   
 * Previously filed.

** To be filed by amendment.
    
 
                                      E-6




                                                                   EXHIBIT 3.03


                             CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                                        OF
                           CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                        OF
                               HAYNES HOLDINGS, INC.


       Haynes Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by

  virtue of the general corporation law of the State of Delaware (the

  "Corporation"),

       DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

       FIRST:  That at a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation,

  resolutions were duly adopted declaring advisable proposed amendments of the

  Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation as follows:

            RESOLVED, that Article FOURTH of the Certificate of
            Incorporation of the Corporation shall be amended and
            restated in its entirety as follows:

                 "FOURTH:  the aggregate number of shares of capital
                  ------
            stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue
            is Twenty-Two Million (22,000,000), divided into classes
            as follows:

                 (1)  Twenty Million (20,000,000) shares of common
            stock, par value $0.01 per share ("Common Stock"), and

                 (2)  Two Million (2,000,000) shares of preferred
            stock, par value $0.01 per share ("Preferred Stock").

                 Shares of any class or series of capital stock of
            the Corporation may be issued for such consideration and
            for such corporate purposes as the Board of Directors may
            from time to time determine.

                 The following is a statement of the powers,
            preferences and rights, and the qualifications,
            limitations or restrictions, of the Preferred Stock and
            Common Stock.

                            SECTION I.  PREFERRED STOCK

                 Shares of Preferred Stock shall be issuable from
            time to time in one or more series as may be determined
            by the Board of































<PAGE>

            Directors.  Each series shall be distinctly designated. 
            The Board of Directors is hereby expressly granted the
            authority to fix, by resolution or resolutions adopted
            prior to and providing for the issuance of any shares of
            each particular series of Preferred Stock and
            incorporated in a certificate of designations filed with
            the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the
            designation, powers (including voting powers and voting
            rights, full or limited, or no voting powers) and
            preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or
            other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations
            or restrictions thereof, if any, of such series
            including, without limiting the generality of the
            foregoing, the following:

                 (1)  the designation of, and the number of shares of
            Preferred Stock which shall constitute, the series, which
            number may be increased (except as otherwise fixed by the
            Board of Directors) or decreased (but not below the
            number of shares thereof then outstanding) from time to
            time by action of the Board of Directors;

                 (2)  the rate and times at which (or the method of
            determination thereof), and the terms and conditions upon
            which, dividends, if any, on shares of the series shall
            be paid, the nature of any preferences or the relative
            rights of priority of such dividends to the dividends
            payable, and the qualifications, limitations or
            restrictions, if any, with respect to such dividends
            payable, on any other shares of any class or classes of
            capital stock of the Corporation or on any shares of
            another series of Preferred Stock, and a statement
            whether or in what circumstances such dividends shall be
            cumulative;

                 (3)  whether shares of the series shall be
            convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any class
            or series of capital stock or other securities or
            property of the Corporation or of any other corporation
            or entity, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such
            conversion or exchange, including any provisions for the
            adjustment of the conversion or exchange rate in such
            events as the Board of Directors shall determine;

                 (4)  whether shares of the series shall be
            redeemable, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such
            redemption (including whether redemption shall be
            optional or mandatory), including the date or dates or
            event or events upon or after the occurrence of which
            they shall be redeemable, and the amount and type of































                                         2


<PAGE>

            consideration payable in case of redemption, which amount
            per share may vary under different conditions and at
            different redemption dates;

                 (5)  the rights, if any, of holders of shares of the
            series upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation,
            merger, consolidation, distribution or sale of assets,
            dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, and the
            relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of shares
            of the series;

                 (6)  whether shares of the series shall have a
            sinking fund or purchase account for the redemption or
            purchase of shares of the series, and if so, the terms,
            conditions and amount of such sinking fund or purchase
            account;

                 (7)  whether shares of the series shall have voting
            rights in addition to the voting rights as shall be
            provided by law and, if so, the terms of such voting
            rights, which may, without limiting the generality of the
            foregoing, include (a) the right to more or less than one
            vote per share on any or all matters voted upon by the
            stockholders of the Corporation and (b) the right to
            vote, as a series by itself or together with other series
            of Preferred Stock or together with all series of
            Preferred Stock as a class and/or with the Common Stock
            as a class upon such matters, under such circumstances
            and upon such conditions as the Board of Directors shall
            determine, including, without limitation, the right,
            voting as a series by itself or together with other
            series of Preferred Stock or together with all series of
            Preferred Stock as a class and/or with the Common Stock
            as a class, to elect one or more Directors of the
            Corporation under such circumstances and upon such
            conditions as the Board of Directors shall determine; and

                 (8)  any other powers, preferences and relative,
            participating, optional or other rights, and
            qualifications, limitations or restrictions of shares of
            that series.

            The relative powers, preferences and rights of each
            series of Preferred Stock in relation to the powers,
            preferences and rights of each other series of Preferred
            Stock shall, in each case, be as fixed from time to time
            by the Board of Directors in the resolution or
            resolutions adopted pursuant to the authority granted in
            this Section I of this Article Fourth, and the consent,
            by class or series vote or otherwise, of holders of
            Preferred Stock of such of the series of Preferred Stock
            as are from time to time outstanding shall





























                                         3


<PAGE>

            not be required for the issuance by the Board of
            Directors of any other series of Preferred Stock, whether
            or not the powers, preferences and rights of such other
            series shall be fixed by the Board of Directors as senior
            to, or on a parity with, the powers, preferences and
            rights of such outstanding series, or any of them;
            provided, however, that the Board of Directors may
            provide in such resolution or resolutions adopted with
            respect to any series of Preferred Stock that the consent
            of holders of at least a majority (or such greater
            proportion as shall be therein fixed) of the outstanding
            shares of such series voting thereon shall be required
            for the issuance of shares of any or all other series of
            Preferred Stock.

                             SECTION II.  COMMON STOCK

                 (1)  Dividends.  Subject to any requirements with
            respect to preferential or participating dividends as
            shall be provided by the express terms of any outstanding
            series of Preferred Stock, holders of the Common Stock
            shall be entitled to receive such dividends thereon, if
            any, as may be declared from time to time by the Board of
            Directors.

                 (2)  Liquidation.  In the event of liquidation,
            dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, whether
            voluntary or involuntary, holders of the Common Stock
            shall be entitled to receive such assets and properties
            of the Corporation, tangible and intangible, as are
            available for distribution to stockholders of the
            Corporation, after there shall have been paid or set
            apart for payment the full amounts necessary to satisfy
            any preferential or participating rights to which holders
            of each outstanding series of Preferred Stock are
            entitled by the express terms of such series.

                 (3)  Voting.  Each share of Common Stock shall
            entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter
            submitted to a vote of holders of shares of Common Stock. 
            Holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to
            vote on each matter submitted to a vote of stockholders
            of the Corporation, except (a) as shall otherwise be
            provided with respect to the election of one or more
            Directors of the Corporation by holders of shares of one
            or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock under
            any provision established pursuant to Section I of this
            Article Fourth and (b) to the extent holders of shares
            of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock are
            entitled to vote separately as a class by law or


































                                         4


<PAGE>

            under any provisions established pursuant to Section I of
            this Article Fourth.

                            SECTION III.  CAPITAL STOCK

                 (1)  Regarding Preemptive Rights.  No stockholder of
            the Corporation shall by reason of his holding shares of
            any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation
            have any preemptive or preferential right to purchase,
            acquire, subscribe for or otherwise receive any
            additional, unissued or treasury shares (whether now or
            hereafter acquired) of any class or series of capital
            stock of the Corporation now or hereafter to be
            authorized, or any notes, debentures, bonds or other
            securities convertible into or carrying any right, option
            or warrant to purchase, acquire, subscribe for or
            otherwise receive shares of any class or series of
            capital stock of the Corporation now or hereafter to be
            authorized, whether or not the issuance of any such
            shares, or such notes, debentures, bonds or other
            securities, would adversely affect the dividends or
            voting or other rights of such stockholder, and the Board
            of Directors may issue or authorize the issuance of
            shares of any class or series of capital stock of the
            Corporation, or any notes, debentures, bonds or other
            securities convertible into or carrying rights, options
            or warrants to purchase, acquire, subscribe for or
            otherwise receive shares of any class or series of
            capital stock of the Corporation, without offering any
            such shares of any such class, either in whole or in
            part, to the existing stockholders of any such class.

                 (2)  Cumulative Voting.  Cumulative voting of shares
            of any class or series of capital stock of the
            Corporation having voting rights is prohibited."

       RESOLVED FURTHER, that an Article TENTH shall be added to the
  Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to read as follows:

            "TENTH:  The Corporation shall not to be subject to or
             -----
            governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware
            General Corporation Law."







































                                         5


<PAGE>

       SECOND: That in lieu of a meeting of stockholders, the holders of a

  majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the Common Stock, par value

  $.01 per share, of the Corporation, have given their written consent to the

  foregoing amendment in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the

  General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

       THIRD:  That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the

  provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the

  State of Delaware, and notice has been given to all nonconsenting holders of

  Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of Section 228(d) of the

  General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Haynes Holdings, Inc. has caused this Certificate to

  be signed by Michael D. Austin, its President and Chief Executive Officer,

  this 12th day of July, 1996.


                           HAYNES HOLDINGS, INC.



                           /s/ MICHAEL D. AUSTIN            
                           ---------------------------------
                           Name:  Michael D. Austin
                           Title: President and Chief Executive Officer















































                                         6




   
                                                       Exhibit 10.15

    
   


                     FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


    
   

     This First Amendment to Employment Agreement ("Amendment") is made and
entered into as of the 15th day of July, 1996, by and among HAYNES
INTERNATIONAL, INC. (the "Company"), a Delaware corporation, with its principal
place of business in Kokomo, Indiana, HAYNES HOLDINGS, INC. ("Holdings"), a
Delaware corporation and the sole shareholder of the Company, and MICHAEL D.
AUSTIN (the "Executive").

    
   

                             Preliminary Statements
                             ----------------------

     The Company has determined that it is in the best interest of the Company
to continue to employ the Executive as President and Chief Executive Officer and
to extend the term Executive Employment Agreement by and among the Company,
Holdings and the Executive dated as of September 1, 1993 (the "Employment
Agreement"), and the Executive desires to accept such extension and to devote
his loyalty to the Company upon the terms and conditions set forth in the
Employment Agreement as amended by this Amendment.  The Company and the
Executive previously entered into that certain Severance Agreement, dated July
7, 1995 (the "Severance Agreement") which provides for amendments or
modifications to the Employment Agreement under specified circumstances. 
Holdings has determined that it is in its best interests that the Company amend
the Employment Agreement on the terms and conditions of this Amendment.  All
capitalized terms which are not defined in this Amendment shall have the
meanings specified in the Employment Agreement.

                              Terms and Conditions
                              --------------------

     In consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained in this
Amendment, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

     1.   Section 2 of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended to be and read
          ---------
          as follows:

          The Executive's employment hereunder shall commence on September 1,
          1993 (the "Commencement Date") and shall continue until August 31,
          1999; provided, however, that commencing on September 1, 1999 and on
          the first day of each year thereafter, the term of this Agreement
          shall automatically be extended for one (1) year thereafter unless
          either the Company or the Executive shall have given written notice to
          the other at least three (3) months prior thereto that the term shall
          not be extended.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive's
          employment hereunder shall be subject to resignation or termination 
          in accordance with the provisions of Section 4 hereof.
                                               ---------

          As used in this Agreement, the term "Expiration Date" shall mean
          August 31, 1999 or, if applicable, the August 31 thereafter on which
          the Executive's employment hereunder shall automatically expire and
          terminate in


<PAGE>


          accordance with the provisions of this section 2 and the
                                                 ---------
          term "Employment Term" shall mean the period beginning on the
          Commencement Date and ending on the earlier of the Expiration Date,
          the "Termination Date," the "Resignation Date," or other date the
          Executive ceases to be employed by the Company in accorded with
          Section 4 hereof.  In the event that (a) the Company shall provide
          ---------
          written notice to the Executive that the term of this Agreement shall
          not be extended as contemplated above, and (b) the reason for the
          refusal to extend the term is for any reason other than for Cause, as
          defined in Section 4(a)(ii), then the Company shall continue to pay
                     ----------------
          the Executive his "annual Base Salary", as defined below, for twelve
          (12) months following the Expiration Date, as and when the same would
          have been due and payable if the Executive's employment had continued
          through such date, subject to the provisions of Sections 4(d) and
                                                          -------------
          4(e), in addition to amounts due and payable hereunder with respect to
          ----
          periods prior to the Expiration Date; provided, however, the Company
          shall have no obligation to make any payments of Annual Base Salary
          for periods following the Expiration Date pursuant to this Section 2
                                                                     ---------
          if the Executive is entitled to termination benefits under Section 2
                                                                     ---------
          of the Severance Agreement.  Except as provided in this Section 2, the
                                                                  ---------
          Executive shall not be eligible to receive any compensation or
          benefits under this agreement with respect to any future periods
          beginning on or after the Expiration Date, including, but not limited
          to, any bonus under Section 3(b)(i) which was not due and payable in
                              ---------------
          accordance with the provisions thereof prior to the Expiration Date.

     2.   A Section 3(b)(i) is hereby amended to add as a final sentence thereto
            ---------------
          the following provision:

               Prior to December 31, 1996, the Board of Directors of the
               Company shall review and evaluate the existing bonus plans
               of the Company and shall consider, among other alternatives,
               a deferred compensation plan for the management of the
               Company.

     3.   A new subsection (1) is hereby added to Section 3 of the Employment
                                                  ---------
          Agreement to be and read as follows:

          (1)  Estate Planning Costs.  The Company shall reimburse the Executive
               ---------------------
          up to an aggregate of $10,000 for estate planning and 


                                     - 2 -

<PAGE>


          financial planning costs which are incurred by him during the
          Employment Term.

     4.   Section 4(c) of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended to be and
          ------------
          read as follows:

               (c)  Termination Without Cause.  The Board may, in its sole
                    -------------------------
          discretion, terminate the Executive's employment with the Company
          pursuant to this Agreement at any time without Cause, by providing
          written notice to the Executive at least 24 hours prior to the
          "Termination Date," as defined in this subsection (c).  If the Company
          terminates the Executive's employment without Cause (i) prior to
          August 31, 1999, the Company shall be obligated to continue to pay to
          him the Annual Base Salary until the later of August 31, 1999 or
          twenty-four (24) months following the Termination Date, as and when
          the same would have been due and payable if the Executive's employment
          had continued through such date, subject to the provisions of Sections
                                                                        --------
          4(d) and 4(e), and (ii) after August 31, 1999, and during an extension
          ----     ----
          of the term pursuant to Section 2, the Company shall be obligated to
                                  ---------
          continue to pay to him the Annual Base Salary until twelve (12) months
          following the Termination date, as and when the same would have been
          due and payable if the Executive's employment had continued through
          such date, subject to the provisions of Section 4(d) and 4(e).  The
                                                  ------------     ----
          term "Termination Date" as used in this subsection (c) shall mean the
          actual date the Executive terminates employment with the Company as a
          result of action taken by the Board, and not as a result of the
          Executive's resignation as provided in Section 4(b). 
                                                               ------------
          Except as provided in this subsection (c), the Executive shall not be
          eligible to receive any compensation or benefits under this Agreement
          with respect to any future periods beginning on or after the
          Termination Date, including, but not limited to, any bonus under
          Section 3(b)(i) which was not due and payable in accordance with the
          ---------------
          provisions thereof prior to the Termination Date.

     5.   Sections 4(d) and 4(e) are hereby amended so that (a) all references
          -------------     ----
          to "Section 4(c)" shall be references to "Section 2 or Section 4(c)",
              ------------                          ---------    ------------
          and (b) notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2 of the Employment
                                                    ---------
          Agreement, the Company's obligation to make payments of Annual Base
          Salary for periods after the Expiration Date pursuant to Section 2
                                                                   ---------
          shall terminate on the date of the Executive's death or the date the
          Executive becomes Permanently Disabled for all periods thereafter.


                                    - 3 -

<PAGE>


     6.   Except as provided in this Amendment or the Severance Agreement, all
          other terms and provisions of the Employment Agreement shall remain
          unchanged and in full force and effect.

                                             "COMPANY"

                                             HAYNES INTERNATIONAL, INC.


    
                                             By: /s/ F. GALEN HODGE         
                                                 ---------------------------
    
                                             Title:  Chief Financial Officer
                                                     -----------------------

                                             "HOLDINGS"

                                             HAYNES HOLDINGS, INC.

                                             By:  /s/ JOSEPH F. BARKER       
                                                  ---------------------------
 
                                             Title:  Chief Financial Officer 
                                                     ------------------------

                                             "EXECUTIVE"

                                             /s/ MICHAEL D. AUSTIN          
                                             -------------------------------
                                                  MICHAEL D. AUSTIN

                                      - 4 -



   
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.01
 
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 

    We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of
our report, which includes an emphasis of a matter explanatory paragraph
regarding the Company's liquidity, dated November 3, 1995 on our audits of the
financial statements of Haynes International, Inc. We also consent to the
references to our firm under the captions "Experts," "Income Tax
Considerations-- Section 382 Limitation" and "Income Tax Considerations--The
Merger."
 
                                          /S/ COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
 

Fort Wayne, Indiana
July 16, 1996
    




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission